Skip to main content

Full text of "Interlocking subversion in Government Departments. Hearing before the Subcommittee to Investigate the Administration of the Internal Security Act and Other Internal Security Laws of the Committee on the Judiciary, United States Senate, Eighty-third Congress, second session,first session]"

See other formats


^ 


f 


'■I 


^ 


s^mztes? 


"Bn 


^Cv, 


\^ 


'IB' 


\ 


t 


Given  By 
U  S.  SUFT.  OF  DOCU.MENTS 


3^ 


INTERLOCKING     SUBVERSION    IN 
GOVERNMENT    DEPARTMENTS 


HEARING 

BEFORE  THE 

SUBCOMMITTEE  TO  INVESTIGATE  THE 

ADMINISTRATION  OF  THE  INTERNAL  SECURITY 

ACT  AND  OTHER  INTERNAL  SECURITY  LAWS 

OF  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON  THE  JUDICIARY 

UNITED  STATES  SENATE 

EIGHTY-THIRD  CONGRESS 

FIRST  SESSION 

ON 

INTERLOCKING  SUBVERSION  IN  GOVERNMENT 
DEPARTMENTS 


JUNE  25,  1953 


PART  13 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  the  Judiciary 


UNITED  STATES 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING   OFFICE 
32918°  WASHINGTON  :   1953 


Boston  Public  Lfarary 
Superintendent  of  Documents 

FEB  9  - 1954 


COMMITTEE  ON  THE  JUDICIARY 

WILLIAM  LANGER,  North  Dakota,  Chairman 

ALEXANDER  WILEY,  Wisconsin  PAT  McCARRAN,  Nevada 

WILLIAM  E.  JENNER,  Indiana  HARLEY  M.  KILGORE,  West  Virginia 

ARTHUR  V.  WATKINS,  Utah  JAMES  O.  EASTLAND,  Mississippi 

ROBERT  C.  HENDRICKSON,  New  Jersey  ESTES  KEPAUVER,  Tennessee 

EVERETT  McKINLEY  DIRKSEN,  Illinois  OLIN  D.  JOHNSTON,  South  Carolina 

HERMAN  WELKER,  Idaho  THOMAS  C.  HENNINGS,  Jr.,  Missouri 
JOHN  MARSHALL  BUTLER,  Maryland 


Subcommittee  To  Investigate  the  Administration  of  the  Internal  Security 
Act  and  Other  Internal  Security  Laws 

WILLIAM  E.  JENNER,  Indiana,  Chairman 
ARTHUR  V.  WATKINS,  Utah  PAT  McCARRAN,  Nevada 

ROBERT  C.  HENDRICKSON,  New  Jersey      JAMES  O.  EASTLAND,  Mississippi 

HERMAN  WELKER,  Idaho * 

JOHN  MARSHALL  BUTLER,  Maryland  OLIN  D.  JOHNSTON,  South  Carolina 

Robert  Morris,  Chief  Counsel 
Benjamin  Mandel,  Director  of  Research 


*  Senator  Willis  Smith,  North  Carolina,  participated  actively  in  the  work  of  the  subcom- 
mittee until  his  untimely  death  on  June  23,  1953. 


INTEKLOCKING  SUBVERSION  IN  GOVERNMENT 
DEPARTMENTS 


THURSDAY,   JUNE   25,    1953 

United  Stated  Senate, 
Subcommittee  To  Investigate  the  Administeation 
OF  the  Internal  Security  Act,  and  Other  Internal 

Security  Laws,  of  the  Committee  on  the  Judiciary, 

Washwgton^  D.  C. 
The  subcommittee  met,  pursuant  to  call,  at  10 :30  a.  m.,  in  room  318, 
Senate  Office  Building,  Senator  William  E.  Jenner  (chairman  of  the 
subcommittee)   presiding. 

Present :  Senators  Jenner,  Welker,  Butler,  and  McCarran. 
Also   present:  Robert   Morris,    subcommittee    counsel;    Benjamin 
Mandel,  director  of  research ;  and  Robert  C.  McManus,  staff  member. 
The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 
Mr.  Panuch,  will  you  be  sworn  to  testify? 

Do  you  swear  that  the  testimony  given  in  this  hearing  will  be  the 
truth,  the  whole  truth,  and  nothing  but  the  truth,  so  help  you  God? 
Mr.  Panuch.  I  do,  so  help  me  God. 
The  Chairman.  You  may  be  seated. 

TESTIMONY  OF  J.  ANTHONY  PANUCH,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 

The  Chairman.  You  may  state  your  full  name  to  the  committee. 

Mr.  Panuch.  J.  Anthony  Panuch. 

The  Chairman.  Where  do  you  reside,  Mr.  Panuch? 

Mr.  Panuch.  44  East  67th  Street,  New  York  City. 

The  Chairman.  What  is  your  business  or  profession? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  am  a  lawyer  by  profession. 
•    The  Chairman.  Where  is  your  law  office  located? 

Mr.  Panuch.  60  East  42d  Street,  New  York  City. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Morris,  you  may  proceed  with  the  question- 
ing of  the  witness. 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Chairman,  this  witness  has  been  preceded  by  wit- 
nesses who  have  been  in  the  Office  of  Strategic  Services,  the  Office  of 
War  Information  and  the  Office  of  Inter- American  Affairs.  Many  of 
these  witnesses  whom  I  have  just  described  have  been  identified  in 
sworn  testimony  to  have  been  active  in  the  Communist  organization. 
When  called  to  the  stand,  all  of  these  people  invoked  their  privilege 
against  incrimination.  In  connection  with  this  incidence,  Mr. 
Panuch  has  been  called  here  today  to  give  general  background  testi- 
mony on  the  reorganization  of  the  State  Department  that  took  place 
at  approximately  that  time. 

The  Chairman.  All  right.     You  may  proceed. 

841 


842  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  i 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Panuch,  would  you  outline  tlie  duties  that  you 
have  had  in  connection  with  service  with  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment prior  to  your  work  in  the  State  Department? 

Mr.  Panuch.  In  September  of  1938  I  became  special  counsel  to 
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in  corporate  reorganiza- 
tions. 

My  jurisdiction  involved  the  representation  of  the  Commission  in 
all  corporate  reorganizations  conducted  in  the  Federal  courts  in  the 
Federal  districts  of  Connecticut,  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  and  New 
Jersey.  I  held  that  position  until  January  of  1942.  In  1942  I  became 
deputy  chairman  and  later  chairman  of  the  policy  committee  of  the 
Board  of  Economic  Warfare.  That  committee  was  composed  of  rep- 
resentatives of  the  Army,  Navy,  War  Production  Board,  Office  of 
Price  Administration,  Lend-Lease,  State  Department,  Petroleum  Ad- 
ministration, and  a  couple  of  others. 

The  function  of  that  committee  was  to  screen  exports  from  a.  policy 
standpoint,  and  when  I  say  "exports,"  I  mean  nonmilitary  exports 
going  to  Latin  America  and  the  non-Axis  nations. 

W^ile  in  the  Board  of  Economic  Warfare,  I  was  that  Board's  repre- 
sentative to  the  requirement  committee  of  the  War  Production  Board, 
representing  the  national  export  interests. 

In  January  1943  I  came  to  the  War  Department  and  became  special 
and  confidential  assistant  to  Gen.  Lucius  D.  Clay,  then  Director  of 
Materiel  of  the  Armed  Service  Forces.  I  held  that  position  with 
General  Clay  until  the  end  of  1944  and  accompanied  General  Clay  to 
the  Office  of  War  Mobilization  and  Reconversion  when  he  became 
deputy  to  Mr.  Justice  Byrnes,  who  was  then  Director  of  War  Mobili- 
zation. I  held  that  position  under  Mr.  Justice  Vinson  and  Director 
Snyder  until  October  of  1945. 

In  October  of  1945,  upon  Mr.  Byrnes'  request,  I  joined  him  in  the 
State  Department  in  the  capacity  of  Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  of 
State  for  Administration  and  as  coordinator  of  the  merger  of  the 
Department  under  the  three  Executive  orders  which  blended  with  the 
Department  the  wartime  agencies  operating  in  the  foreign  field. 

These  agencies  were  the  Office  of  War  Information,  the  intelligence 
units  of  the  Office  of  Strategic  Services,  the  Office  of  Inter-American 
Afi^airs,  the  Foreign  Economic  Administration,  and  the  Office  of  For- 
eign Liquidation  Commissioner.  There  were  also  certain  units  of  the 
War  Department  General  Staff  concerned  with  occupation  planning. 

I  stayed  in  the  State  Department  until  January  of  1947  and  then 
rejoined  General  Clay  in  Germany.  He  was  at  that  time  commander 
in  chief,  European  Command,  and  United  States  Military  Governor 
for  Germany.  I  was  in  his  cabinet  with  Ambassador  Murphy  and 
Ambassador  Draper,  without  portfolio.  My  special  function  was 
administration,  reorganization,  congressional  relations,  and  special 
assignments  of  a  policy  character. 

In  that  connection  and  among  other  assignments  I  reorganized  the 
military  government  and  the  military  theater  in  its  common  functions 
and  laid  the  framework  for  the  organization  of  the  Western  Republic 
of  Germany  and  for  the  shift  of  control — that  is.  Allied  control — from 
a  military  government  to  the  Allied  High  Commission  for  Germany. 

I  then  returned  to  the  United  States  in  1950  and  resumed  my  prac- 
tice of  law  and  presently  I  am,  in  addition  to  practicing  law,  serving 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  843 

on  Governor  Dewey's  commission  on  city  charter  revision,  without 
compensation. 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Panuch,  would  you  tell  us  precisely  when  and 
under  what  circumstances  you  went  in  the  service  of  the  State  Depart- 
ment ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  In  October  of  1945  I  was  asked  to  come  to  the  Depart- 
ment to  conduct  the  merger  and  the  reorganization  of  the  Department, 
growing  out  of  the  merger,  under  the  Executive  order.  I  believe  I 
furnished  you  with  a  copy  of  my  designation. 

Mr.  INIoRRis.  Mr.  Panuch,  I  have  duplicates  of  exhibits  that  we  are 
going  to  make  reference  to.  Duplicates  of  exhibits  that  we  are  going 
to  make  reference  to  have  been  put  in  front  of  you :  "Departmental 
Designation  300,  issued  October  24,  1945." 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Morris.  Will  you  describe  that  for  us  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  was  asked  to  prepare  a  chart  for  my  duties,  and 
Mr.  Byrnes  said,  "Don't  make  it  very  long";  and  I  said,  "All  I  need 
is  about  six  lines";  and  this  is  the  result,  and  he  signed  it,  and  I  was 
in  business. 

Mr.  Morris.  This  is  Mr.  Byrnes'  designation  of  you  as  Deputy  to 
the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  Morris.  You  will — 

act  as  coordinator  until  such  time  as  the  coordination  and  integration  of  func- 
tions transferred  to  the  Department  under  Executive  Orders  9608,  9621,  and  9630 
is  completed. 

Mr.  Panuch.  The  second  point  was  necessary  in  order  to  give  me 
the  authority  that  was  required  to  put  the  reorganization  into  effect. 
That  was  the  deputization  of  Mr.  Byrnes  as  Secretary  of  State  under 
Mr.  Truman's  Executive  order.  So  I  w^as  his  direct  Deputy  under 
the  executive  power. 

Mr.  Morris.  May  that  go  into  the  record,  Mr.  Chairman  ? 

The  Chairman.  It  may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  part  of  the 
record. 

(The  document  referred  to  was  marked  "Exhibit  No.  261"  and 
follows:) 

Exhibit  No.  261 

Department  of  State 

Departmental  designation  300.  Issued  10-24-45. 

Effective  10-24-45. 

OFFICE  OF  THE  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY  FOR  ADMINISTRATION    (A-R) 

1.  Mr.  J.  Anthony  Panuch  is  herel)y  designated  Deputy  to  the  Assistant  Secre- 
tary for  Administration  (routing  symbol  A-R/P). 

2.  Mr.  Panuch  will  also  act  as  Coordinator  until  such  time  as  the  coordination 
and  integration  of  functions  transferred  to  the  Department  under  Executive 
Orders  9608,  9621,  and  9630  is  completed. 

James  F.  Byrnes. 
OcTOP.ER  24,  1945. 

Mr.  Morris.  You  mentioned,  in  the  course  of  describing  your  Gov- 
ermnent  functions,  the  reorganization  of  the  State  Department  during 
October  1945.  Now,  what  was  the  precise  position  you  held  in  con- 
^  nection  with  that  particular  reorganization  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  you  had  to  hold  two  positions  really,  to  effect 
the  reorganization.     One  was  the  power  iinder  the  Executive  order. 


844  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

to  deal  with  the  properties,  personnel,  and  functions  that  were  trans- 
ferred to  the  Department,  and  under  the  administrative  order  it  was 
necessary  that  I  be  the  deputy  to  the  chief  administrative  officer  of 
the  Department  to  implement  this  into  the  structure  of  the  Depart- 
ment as  it  then  existed. 

Mr.  Morris.  Wliat  was  the  origin  of  this  particular  reorganization? 
How  did  that  get  its  start  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  was  in  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget. 

Mr.  Morris.  Will  you  trace  the  development  of  that,  to  the  best 
of  your  own  knowledge? 

Mr.  Panuch.  You  mean  these  agencies? 

Mr.  Morris.  No.  You  say  that  the  original  Executive  order  was 
drafted  in  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes. 

Mr.  Morris.  Do  you  know  who  in  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget  did 
this? 

Mr.  Panuch.  No. 

Mr.  Morris.  Then  how  was  it  transferred  over  into  the  State 
Department? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  the  Executive  order  acted  as  the  transfer  to 
the  Department,  and  after  that  we  simply  took  over  the  functions  and 
the  properties,  the  funds  and  personnel  of  these  agencies;  we  set  up 
an  organization  under  my  jurisdiction,  to  effect  the  transfer. 

Mr.  Morris-  Now,  Mr.  Panuch,  will  you  look  at  the  next  exhibit 
you  have  there?  That  is  the  letter  from  Mr.  Truman,  dated  January 
22,  1946. 

Mr.  Panuch.  January  22;  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Morris.  Wliat  is  that,  Mr.  Panuch  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  is  the  directive  signed  by  President  Truman, 
setting  up  the  National  Intelligence  Authority,  and  under  it  the 
Central  Intelligence  Group,  under  the  headship  of  Gen.  Hoyt  Vanden- 
berg,  taking  over  Central  Intelligence  operations  that  could  not  be 
performed  by  the  agencies  of  the  Government  having  their  own 
intelligence  units,  and  that  is  the  predecessor  of  the  present  statutory 
Central  Intelligence  Agency. 

Mr.  Morris.  May  that  go  into  the  record? 

The  Chairman.  It  may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  part  of  the 
record  ? 

(The  document  referred  to  was  marked  "Exhibit  No.  262"  and 
follows:) 

Exhibit  No.  262 

The  White  House, 
Washington,  January  22, 19Jf6. 
To  The  Secketaky  of  State, 
The  Secretary  of  War,  and 

The  Secretary  of  the  Navy, 

1.  It  is  my  desire,  and  I  hereby  direct,  tliat  all  Federal  foreign  intelligence 
activities  be  planned,  developed  and  coordinated  so  as  to  assure  the  most  effective 
accomplishment  of  the  intelligence  mission  related  to  the  national  security.  I 
hereby  designated  you,  together  with  another  person  to  be  named  by  me  as  my 
personal  representative,  as  the  National  Intelligence  Authority  to  accomplish  this 
purpose. 

2.  Within  the  limits  of  available  appropriations,  you  shall  each  from  time  to 
time  assign  persons  and  facilities  from  your  respective  Departments,  which 
persons  shall  collectively  form  a  Central  Intelligence  Group  and  shall,  under  the 
direction  of  a  Director  of  Central  Intelligence,  assist  the  National  Intelligence 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  845 

lAuthority.  The  Director  of  Central  Iiitolliseiice  shall  be  designated  by  me, 
shall  be  responsible  to  the  National  Intelligence  Authority,  and  shall  sit  as  a- 
nonvotinff  member  thereof. 

3.  Subject  to  the  existing  law,  and  to  the  direction  and  control  of  the  National 
Intelligence  Authority,  the  Director  of  Central  Intelligence  shall : 

(a)  Accomplish  the  correlation  and  evaluation  of  intelligence  relating  to 
the  national  security,  and  the  appropriate  dissemination  within  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  resulting  strategic  and  national  policy  intelligence.  In  so  doing, 
full  use  shall  be  made  of  the  staff  and  facilities  of  the  intelligence  agencies  of 
your  Departments. 

(b)  Plan  for  the  coordination  of  such  of  the  activities  of  the  intelligence 
agencies  of  your  Departments  as  relate  to  the  national  security  and  recom- 
mend to  the  National  Intelligence  Authority  the  establishment  of  such  ovei'- 
all  policies  and  objectives  as  will  assure  the  most  effective  accomplishment 
of  the  national  intelligence  mission. 

(c)  Perform,  for  the  benefit  of  said  intelligence  agencies,  such  services  of 
common  concern  as  the  National  Intelligence  Authority  determines  can  be 
more  efficiently  accomplished  centrally. 

(d)  Perform  such  other  functions  and  duties  related  to  intelligence  affect 
ing  the  national  security  as  the  President  and  the  National  Intelligence 
Authority  may  from  time  to  time  direct. 

4.  No  police,  law  enforcement  or  internal  security  functions  shall  be  exer- 
cised under  this  directive. 

.I.  Such  intelligence  received  by  the  intelligence  agencies  of  your  Departments 
as  may  be  designated  by  the  National  Intelligence  Authority  shall  be  freely 
available  to  the  Director  of  Central  Intelligence  for  correlation,  evaluation  or 
dissemination.  To  the  extent  approved  by  the  National  Intelligence  Ai;thority, 
the  operations  of  said  intelligence  agencies  shall  be  open  to  inspection  by  the 
Director  of  Central  Intelligence  in  connection  with  planning  functions. 

.6  The  existing  intelligence  agencies  of  your  Departments  shall  continue  to 
collect,  evaluate,  correlate  and  disseminate  departmental  intelligence. 

7.  The  Director  of  Central  Intelligence  shall  be  advised  by  an  Intelligence 
Advisory  Board  consisting  of  the  heads  (or  their  representatives)  of  the  prin- 
cipal military  and  civilian  intelligence  agencies  of  the  Government  having  func- 
tions related  to  national  security,  as  determined  by  the  National  Intelligence 
Authority. 

8.  Within  the  scope  of  existing  law  and  Presidential  directives,  other  depart- 
ments and  agencies  of  the  executive  branch  of  the  Federal  Government  shall 
furnish  such  intelligence  information  relating  to  the  national  security  as  is  in 
their  possession,  and  as  the  Director  of  Central  Intelligence  may  from  time  to 
time  request  pursuant  to  regulations  of  the  National  Intelligence  Authority. 

9.  Nothing  herein  shall  be  construed  to  authorize  the  making  of  investigations 
inside  the  continental  limits  of  the  United  States  and  its  possessions,  except  as 
provided  by  law  and  Presidential  directives. 

10.  In  the  conduct  of  their  activities  the  National  Intelligence  Authority  and 
the  Director  of  Central  Intelligence  shall  be  responsible  for  fully  protecting 
intelligence  sources  and  methods. 

Sincerely  yours, 

Harry  Truman. 

Mr.  Morris.  Will  you  look  at  the  next  document,  "Organization  and 
procedure  on  agency  transfers"? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Morris.  Will  you  identify  that  document,  Mr.  Panuch? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  was  a  document  which  I  issued  over  my  signa- 
ture and  which  set  up  the  blueprint  of  the  reorganization  which  was 
to  handle  the  transfer  and  the  methods  of  procedure  in  effecting  the 
transfer  of  the  agencies  put  into  the  State  Department  by  Executive 
order. 

That  has  a  chart,  incidentally,  sir,  of  the  agencies  affected. 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  those  two  documents  go  into  the 
record  ? 

The  Chairman.  The  first  document  is  already  in.  The  second  doc- 
ument may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  part  of  the  record. 


846  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION   IN    GOVERNMENT 

(The  document  referred  to  was  marked  "Exhibit  No.  263"  and 
follows :) 

Exhibit  No.  263 

Department  of  State 

Administrative  Instruction,  Coordinator  1.  Issued       10-26-45. 

Effective  10-24-45. 

organization  and  procedure  on  agency  transfers 
Purpose 

The  purpose  of  this  Instruction  is  to  establish  the  requisite  machinery  and 
appropriate  procedures  to  accomplish  the  transfer  to  the  State  Department  pur- 
suant to  Executive  Orders  Nos.  9608,  9621,  and  9630  of  certain  functions,  per- 
sonnel, funds,  and  equipment  of — 

Office  of  Strategic  Services 

Oflace  of  War  Information 

Office  of  Inter-American  Affairs 

Foreign  Economic  Administration 

Army  and  Navy  Liquidation  Commission 

1.  Time :  Such  transfers  shall  be  completed  on  or  before  December  81,  1945. 

2.  Mission :  The  Coordinator  and  the  Committees  and  Groups  serving  under 
his  direction  shall  be  responsible  for: 

(a)  Proper  integration  into  the  Department  of  the  functions,  positions,  per- 
sonnel, facilities,  and  funds  transferred  pursuant  to  the  respective  Executive 
Orders. 

(6)  Inventory,  evaluation,  and  allocation  among  the  several  Departmental  and 
Foreign  Service  interests  of  the  budgetary,  fiscal  personnel,  and  central  service 
functions,  positions,  personnel,  facilities,  and  funds  of  the  agencies  referred  to 
above. 

3.  Transfer  Organization : 

(a)  Coordinator. — Reporting  and  responsible  to  the  Assistant  Secretary  for 
Administration,  the  Coordinator  shall  direct  and  expedite  the  transfers  referred 
to  above.    He  shall  be  assisted  by  an  Executive  and  an  appropriate  secretariat. 

(h)  Agency  Task  Ch-oups. — Responsibility  for  the  gathering  and  development  of 
all  program  and  administrative  data  pertinent  to  the  transfers  shall  be  assigned 
on  an  agency  basis  to  three  specialists  as  follows : 
Specialist  for  OSS 
Specialist  for  OWI— OIAA 
Specialist  for  FEA— ANLC 
Each  specialist,  within  his  own  sphere  of  responsibility  shall : 

{i)  act  as  Chairman  of  an  Agency  Task  Group  consisting  of  representa- 
tives of  budget,  accounts,  general  services,  security,  personnel,  and  foreign 
service. 

(ii)  establish  appropriate  procedures  for  the  systematic  and  orderly  col- 
lection and  development  of  all  pertinent  transfer  data. 

{in)  assure  prompt  dissemination  of  such  data  among  the  members  of  his 
Task  Group. 

(iv)  report  and  be  responsible  to  the  Coordinator. 
{v)  "follow  up"  action  with  the  offices  responsible  for  action. 
{vi)  working  out  and  recommending  means  of  integration, 
(c)  Functional  Groups. — The  data  developed  by  the  several  Task  Groups  shall 
be  coordinated  on  a  functional  basis  and  translated  into  Departmental  and 
Foreign  Service  action  by  the  chiefs  of  the  following  elements  of  their  designees : 
Budget  and  Finance 
Personnel 
Central  Services 
Foreign  Service 
Security 
Each  divisional  chief  or  his  designee  shall : 

(i)  act  as  Chairman  of  a  functional  group  consisting  of  the  appropriate 
Departmental  and  Foreign  Service  specialists  and  their  opposite  numbers  in 
the  agencies  whose  functions  are  being  transferred. 

(ii)  maintain  current  liaison  with  appropriate  functional  specialists  on 
the  several  Task  Groups. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 


847 


(iii)  develop  requirements  of  the  Departmental  and  Foreign  Service  inter- 
ests for  program  and  administrative  data  and  prescribe  the  form  and  detail 
in  which  it  will  be  presented. 

(iv)  each  designee  must  be  fully  authorized  to  act  for  his  oi'ganization. 
(d)  Steering  Committee. — The  work  of  the  Functional  and  Task  Groups  shall 
be  correlated  by  a  Steering  Committee  under  the  chairmanship  of  the  Coordinator. 
The  Steering  Committee  shall  consist  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Task  and  Func- 
tional Groups. 
4.  Miscellaneous : 

(«)  The  chairman  of  the  Steering  Committee  shall  prescribe  its  rules  of  con- 
duct, regulate  its  procedures  and  fix  the  time  and  place  of  its  meetings. 

(h)  Procedures  of  the  several  Task  and  Functional  Groups  shall  be  fixed  by 
the  Chairman  of  each  group.  Except  where  considerations  of  flexibility  appear 
to  be  paramount,  such  procedures  should  follow  the  same  general  pattern. 

(c)  Reports  of  group  chairmen  to  the  Coordinator  shall  be  filed  with  the 
Executive  who  shall  act  as  Executive  Secretary  of  the  Steering  Committee. 

(rf)  Designations  of  personnel  to  carry  out  the  plan  of  transfer  above  outlined 
are  hereby  made  in  Schedule  A  attached.  Changes  in  such  designation  may 
be  made  at  any  time  by  the  Coordinator. 

J.  Anthony  Panuch,  Coordinator. 
OCTOBEK  24,  1945. 


COORDINATOR 
J,  .Inthony  Panuch 
EXECUTIVE  OFFICER 
0,  A.  SIMMES 


AGENCY  TASK  GROUPS 


STEERING 
COimiTTEE 


OSS 
McKay 

Budget 
Accounts 
Personnel 
Dept.  Services 
Security 
Foreign  Service 


Ot.g-OIAA 
Ward-Stewart 

Budget 
Accounts 
Personnel 
Dept.  Services 
Security 
Foreign  Service 


FUNCTIONAL  GROUPS 


FEA-AMLC 
A'Heam 

Budget 
Accounts 
Personnel 
Dept.  Services 
Security 
Foreign  Service 


1               » 

BF 

FOREIGN 

Howell   - 

Budget 

SERVICE 

Thompson  - 

Fiscal 

Steyne 
033 

OSS 

OVff 

om 

OIAA 

OIAA 

FEA 

FEA 

AIILC 

AI.-LC 

PERSONNEL 
Morgan 

OSS 
Ol.l 

OIAA 

FEA 

A^.'LC 

SERVICES 

Gen.  Serv, 
Cooney  -  Com. 

OSS 

ova 

OIAA 

FEA 

ANLC 

SECURITY 
Bannerman 


OSS 

OWI 

OIAA 

FEA 

ANLC 


Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Panuch,  will  you  tell  us  to  the  best  of  your  abil- 
ity— and  drawing  on  your  own  first-hand  experiences,  how  this  Execu- 
tive order  was  executed  whereby  the  agencies  that  we  have  been  dis- 
cussing, were  transferred  over  to  the  Department  of  State? 

Mr.  Paxuch.  Do  you  mean  to  tell  you  what  happened  ? 

Mr.  MoRiiis.  Yes.  Tell  us  exactly  what  happened,  drawing  on  your 
own  personal  experience  and  describing  in  as  full  detail  as  possible. 

32918°— 53— pt.   13 2 


848  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION   IN    GOVERNMENT 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  prior  to  the  war  the  State  Department  had 
been  a  policy  agency  exclusively  and  with  a  limited  grouping  of 
economic  and  cultural  and  other  functions.  During  the  war  it  was 
necessary  to  build  up  other  agencies  to  carry  on  operational  functions 
in  the  field  of  foreign  affairs,  which  were  not  directly  policy  functions, 
and  for  that  purpose  many  agencies  were  organized,  and  the  best 
examples  of  that  in  the  economic  field  is  the  Board  of  Economic  War- 
fare which  subsequently  became  the  Foreign  Economic  Administra- 
tion, the  Office  of  Lencl-Lease  Administration,  which  handled  loans 
and  the  financing  of  our  allies'  mobilizations ;  the  Offices  of  Strategic 
Services,  which  handled  strategic  services  parallel  to  army  operations, 
resistance  movements,  and  secret  intelligence,  the  Office  of  War  Infor- 
mation which  handled  propaganda,  and  the  Office  of  Inter-American 
Affairs,  under  Nelson  Rockefeller,  which  handled  cultural  relations 
with  the  Latin  American  countries,  and,  toward  the  end  of  the  war,  the 
Office  of  Foreign  Liquidation  was  set  up  under  Mr.  McCabe,.  who 
handled  the  disposal  of  foreign  surplus  in  theaters  of  war. 

Mr.  Morris.  As  I  understand  it,  all  of  these  organizations  which 
you  just  described,  were  being  incorporated  into  and  transferred  into 
the  Department  of  State  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  With  one  exception,  the  strategic  units  of  the  Office 
of  Strategic  Services,  which  remained  in  the  War  Department,  under 
direct  control  of  Assistant  Secretary  Patterson. 

Mr.  Morris.  One  branch  was  not  transferred,  therefore? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Secret  service  unit  of  OSS  was  not  transferred. 

Mr.  Morris.  What  was  transferred  to  the  State  Department? 

Mr.  Panuch.  All  intelligence. 

Mr.  Morris.  Now,  Mr.  Chairman,  we  have  had  quite  a  few  wit- 
nesses from  all  these  various  agencies  at  various  times,  and  I  think 
that  since  we  have  at  this  time  a  qualified  witness  present,  it  would 
be  good  if  we  got  the  genesis  of  each  of  these  agencies. 

The  Chairman.  Proceed. 

Mr.  Morris.  I  wonder  if  you  could  give  us  a  genesis  of  the  Office 
of  War  Information  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  think  the  Office  of  War  Information 

Mr.  Morris.  When  you  came  into  the  State  Department,  it  was  in 
existence  and  about  to  be  transferred  to  the  State  Department,  is  that 
right  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  is  correct. 

Mr.  Morris.  Could  you  tell  us  to  the  best  of  your  ability  where  that 
particular  agency  had  its  origin  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  This  is  about  my  best  recollection,  sir,  and  this  is  all 
a  matter  of  record  in  the  Federal  Register,  but  I  believe  the  Office 
of  War  Information  was  the  logical  development  of  the  Office  of 
Facts  and  Figures  with  the  superimposition  of  radio  broadcasting 
and  requisite  underlying  intelligence,  and  foreign  operations.  I  be- 
lieve the  Office  of  Strategic  Services  was  the  direct  outgrowth  of 
what  started  out  to  be  the  Office  of  Information  collection  or  coor- 
dination, OIC,  they  called  it. 

The  Office  of  Foreign  Economic  Administration 

Mr.  Morris.  That  is  the  FEA  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  FEA  started  out  originally  as  the  Office  of  Export 
Control.    That  was  then  taken  over  by  the  Board  of  Economic  War- 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  849 

fare  in,  I  think,  December  1941  and  the  Board  of  Economic  Warfare 
was  a  sort  of  an  inter-Cabinet  agency  for  economic  matters. 

The  Office  of  Lend-Lease  Administration  came  into  the  Foreign 
Economic  Administration,  I  think,  in  1943  or  early  1944.  That  was 
the  time  wlien  Mr,  Wallace  stepped  out  and  was  replaced  by  Mr. 
Crowley  as  the  Administrator  of  FEA. 

Mr.  Morris.  Who  was  the  head  of  the  FEA  at  the  time  you  were 
undertaking'  this  reorganization? 

Mr.  Panuch.  You  mean  when  I  took  in  the  State  Department? 

Mr.  Morris.  Yes. 

Mr.  Panuch.  It  had  no  head;  just  bodies. 

Mr.  Morris.  Just  before  it  went  in,  who  w^as  the  head  at  that  time  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  don't  recollect. 

Mr.  Morris.  What  was  Mr.  Crowley's  position  at  that  time? 

JNIr.  Panuch.  Mr.  Crowley  was  the  Administrator  of  Foreign  Eco- 
nomic Administration. 

Mr.  Morris.  Who  was  his  Deputy  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  think  Mr.  Lauchlin  Currie. 

Senator  Welker.  Who  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Mr.  Lauchlin  Currie. 

Mr.  Morris.  Will  you  tell  us,  Mr.  Panuch,  how  this  reorganization 
hecame  effective? 

Mr.  Panuch.  It  added  to  the  Department  functions  which  had 
theretofore  never  been  in  the  Department;  specifically,  propaganda 
functions  in  the  Office  of  War  Information,  which  were  then  blended 
with  an  expansion  of  cultural  relations  in  one  group  which  was 
headed  by  Mr.  Assistant  Secretary  Benton,  and  that  combined  and 
liad  under  its  jurisdiction  cultural  affairs,  foreign  information,  and 
Voice  broadcasting  to  foreign  countries.  It  is  in  effect  the  same  setup 
tliat  is  in  the  State  Department,  or  was  in  the  State  Department  prior 
to  this  administration,  and  is  now  being  transferred  out. 

The  Office  of  Strategic  Services  brought  in  about  1,000  people  from 
their  Research  and  Intelligence  Branch,  and  they  were  to  be  used 
under  the  President's  order  to  create  the  nucleus  of  the  centralized 
intelligence  operation.  Subsequently  the  President  issued  a  directive 
to  Secretary  Byrnes,  directing  him  to  undertake  the  coordination 
of  all  foreign  intelligence  under  the  leadership  of  the  State  Depart- 
ment.   I  believe  that  that  was  on  September  20,  1945. 

At  the  same  time  there  w  as  before  the  President  a  proposed  direc- 
\ive  for  setting  up  a  Central  Intelligence  Agency,  which  was  sub- 
mitted by  the  Joint  Chiefs  of  Staff,  and  the  Department  then  had 
the  problem  of  advising  the  Secretary  of  State  and  the  President  as 
to  what  combination  or  correlation  of  these  two  entirely  different 
concepts  of  mobilizing  foreign  intelligence  at  the  national  level  should 
be  blended  into  a  forward  operation. 

The  Office  of  Inter- American  Affairs 

Mr.  Morris.  Just  1  minute. 

Senator  McCarran,  this  is  Mr.  Panuch,  wdio  w^as  appointed  by  Secre- 
tary Byrnes  in  1945  as  the  Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administra- 
tion, and  who  was  the  officer  in  charge  of  effecting  the  reorganization 
that  brought  the  Office  of  Strategic  Services,  or  at  least  one  portion 
of  that  organization;  the  Office  of  War  Information;  the  Office  of 
Inter-American  Affairs;  and  the  Foreign  Economic  Administration 


850  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  , 

into  the  State  Department;  and  he  has  been  describing  to  the  com- 
mittee the  steps  and  the  processes  by  which  that  transfer  was  accom- 
plished.   Please  continue. 

Mr.  Panuch.  The  Foreign  Economic  Administration,  sir,  involved 
a  strengthening  of  the  economic  groupings  in  the  State  Department 
from  these  people  who  had  had  actual  operational  experience  in  the 
Board  of  Economic  Warfare,  in  the  Foreign  Economic  Administra- 
tion, and  they  were  to  be  used  in  connection  with  the  Economic  Social 
Council  of  the  United  Nations,  and  the  work  of  policy  development 
in  the  Department  with  the  U.  N.  specialized  agencies,  and,  of  course, 
the  Secretariat  of  the  U.  N. 

The  Office  of  Inter- American  Affairs  was  to  be  integrated  into  the 
cultural  elements  of  the  public  affairs  portfolio  on  a  Latin  American 
basis,  and  the  group  in  the  Office  of  Foreign  Liquidation  was  supposed 
to  set  up  policy  criteria  for  the  disposal  of  surpluses  in  the  theaters 
of  war,  which  were  then  to  be  handled  with  the  Army  units  there 
in  existence,  under  policy  guidance  of  the  State  Department. 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Panuch,  to  your  knowledge,  and  drawing  on  your 
own  experience,  were  there  any  political  changes  to  be  wrought  by  this 
reorganization  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  it  was  a  thoroughgoing  reorganization  of  the 
Department  by  the  addition  of  functions  which  necessarily  changed  the 
political  or  rather  the  policy  structure  of  the  Department. 

The  Intelligence  directive  to  set  up  coordinated  intelligence  on  a 
national  level  in  a  centralized  unit  of  the  Department  presented  a 
problem  as  to  whether  your  tail  would  be  wagging  your  dog;  in  other 
words,  whether  the  intelligence  units,  coming  in  from  these  agencies, 
which  would  be  the  focal  core  of  your  national  intelligence  organiza- 
tion, would,  by  a  preemption  of  high-level  estimates  which  go  to 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  the  President  and  the  National  Security 
Council,  be  really  exercising  an  influence  over  policy  beyond  that 
which  was  traditionally  exercised  by  the  Foreign  Service  of  the  United 
States,  through  the  geographic  divisions  of  the  Department. 

Mr.  Morris.  Now,  was  one  of  the  purposes  of  this  to  place  all  for- 
eign-affairs activities  directly  under  the  control  of  the  Secretary  of 
State? 

Mr,  Panuch.  I  beg  your  pardon  ? 

Mr.  Morris.  Was  one  of  the  purposes  of  this  reorganization  to  place 
all  foreign-affairs  activities  under  the  State  Department? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  was  the  stated  purpose  of  the  merger. 

Mr.  Morris.  I  see.  And  you  have  so  informed  the  committee,  in 
executive  session,  of  that  fact.  Did  you  understand  my  use  of  the 
word  "political"  there  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  understood  it  in  the  sense  of  policy. 

Mr.  Morris.  That  is  right. 

Now,  do  you  know  of  plans  of  Gen.  Otto  Nelson  to  merge  the  De- 
partment and  Foreign  Service  at  approximately  that  time  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  don't  know  whether  it  originated  with  General 
Nelson.  I  do  know  that  there  was  considerable  activity  and  sup- 
port in  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget  for  legislation  which  would,  to  a  very 
great  extent,  blend  the  incoming  personnel  and  the  personnel  who 
were  in  the  Department  and  were  not  members  of  the  Foreign  Service, 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  851 

as  such,  into  new  Career  Service.  That  was  one  of  the  great  issues 
of  this  merger. 

Mr.  MoRKis.  What  haj^pened  to  that? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I,  with  Mr.  Russell's  consent 

Mr.  Morris.  Who  was  Mr.  Russell  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Mr.  Russell  was  my  immediate  superior,  Assistant 
Secretary  for  Administration,  and  I  was  his  Deputy. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Panuch,  we  have  had  testimony  from  various 
sources,  supported  by  a  State  Department  publication  on  postwar 
planning,  that  the  postwar  structure  of  the  Department  had  been 
envisioned  for  several  years,  and  that  Alger  Hiss  moved  into  this  area 
in  1944. 

At  the  time  of  your  entrance  into  the  State  Department,  what  was 
Mr.  Hiss  doing  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Mr.  Hiss  was  deputy  to  Mr.  Pasvolsky,  who  was  a 
special  assistant  in  charge  of  the  International  Security  Organization, 
and  I  think  the  chart  will  show  the  precise  title  that  Mr.  Pasvolsky's 
portfolio  had.  But  the  agency  under  Mr.  Pasvolsky  which  was  in  Mr. 
Hiss'  charge  was  the  Office  of  Special  Political  Affairs,  and  that  had 
policy  jurisdiction  of  all  international  organization  and  the  logistic 
and  policy  support  of  our  activities  in  international  organizations, 
which  specifically  were  the  United  Nations,  the  Specialized  Agencies, 
and  the  American  complement  of  personnel  in  the  United  Nations' 
Secretariat. 

The  Chairman.  What  positions  did  Alger  Hiss  hold  in  the  State 
Department  while  you  were  the  Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  of  State? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Mr.  Hiss  held  the  position  of  Director  of  the  Office  of 
Special  Political  Affairs. 

The  Chairman.  Did  you  ever  become  suspicious  of  Alger  Hiss  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Mr.  Chairman,  one  of  the  elements  in  my  jurisdiction 
was  the  security  operation  of  the  Department,  and  naturally  we  had  a 
file  on  Alger  Hiss,  and  the  file  showed  a  good  deal  of  the  matters  that 
came  out  before  the  Un-American  Affairs  Committee  [sic]  in  1948, 
and  subsequently  came  out  at  the  trial. 

The  Chairman.  Wlien  did  you  become  suspicious  of  him  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  was  always  suspicious  of  Alger  Hiss. 

The  Chairman.  You  were  always  suspicious  of  him?  What  was 
his  role  in  the  United  Nations? 

Mr.  Panuch,  Well,  he  was  the  chief  organizational  and  policy 
planner  of  our  activities  in  the  United  Nations  Organization. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Mandel,  I  have  here  a  memorandum  for  Mr. 
Russell,  whom  I  believe  you  testified,  Mr.  Panuch,  was  your  immediate 
superior  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  It  is  marked  "Confidential."  I  would  like  for  you 
to  read  this  into  the  record  in  reference  to  the  question  just  asked  Mr. 
Panuch. 

Mr.  Morris.  This  is  a  memorandum  from  Mr.  Panuch  for  Mr.  Rus- 
sell, dated  March  7, 1946,  and  I  think  that  you  should  have  your  copy 
directly  in  front  of  you,  Mr.  Panuch. 

Mr.  Mandel,  would  you  read  that  into  the  record? 

Senator  McCarran.  This  is  from  what  file? 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Panuch.  will  7/ou  identify  this  document? 


852  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

Mr.  Panuch.  This  is  a  memorandum  which  I  wrote  on  March  7, 
1946,  to  Mr.  Kussell,  and  the  subject  is  Hiss  Plan  for  Reorganization 
of  the  State  Department. 

Mr.  Morris.  Now,  this  is  your  own  memorandum  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  This  is  my  own  memorandum. 

Mr.  Morris.  And  these  other  documents  that  we  have  put  into  the 
record  are  documents  that  you  have  supplied  to  the  committee,  are 
they  not? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes. 

Mr.  Morris.  And  they  are  official  documents? 

Mr.  Panuch.  They  are  my  stayback  files ;  yes. 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Mandel,  will  you  read  at  least  the  first  part  of  that 
into  the  record,  please  ? 

Mr.  Mandel  (reading)  : 

[Confidential] 

March  7,  1946. 
Memorandum  for  Mr.  Russell. 
Subject :  Hiss  Plan  for  Reorganization  of  tlie  State  Department. 

1.  I  have  read  with  mingled  feelings  of  admiration  and  horror  the  outline  of 
the  above,  as  revealed  in  Mr.  Pasvolsky's  memoran<lum  to  the  Secretary  of  State 
March  5,  1946. 

Mr.  Morris.  What  was  that  memorandum  to  the  Secretary  of  State 
of  March  5,  1946? 

Mr.  Panuch.  As  I  have  told  you,  Mr.  Morris,  I  don't  have  a  copy 
of  that,  but  my  very  clear  recollection 

Mr.  Morris.  That  is  what  we  want — your  recollection  of  that  mem- 
orandum. 

Mr.  Panuch.  My  very  clear  recollection  of  that  was  that  it  involved 
in  essence  the  transfer  of  Mr.  Hiss'  Office  of  Special  Political  Afi'airs 
from  the  level  where  it  was  with  the  other  political  and  economic  offices 
directly  into  the  Office  of  the  Under  Secretary  of  State. 

Mr.  Morris.  That  is  very  interesting.  Will  you  develop  that  just 
a  bit  more,  Mr.  Panuch,  for  us  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  If  I  had  a  chart — it  is  enormously  complex,  you  know. 

Mr.  Morris.  I  know  that  you  are  now  testifying  from  your  memory 
of  the  Pasvolsky  memorandum. 

Mr.  Panuch.  You  want  the  full  effect  of  the  proposal  ? 

Mr.  Morris.  No  ;  just  describe  the  nature  of  the  transfer  that  was 
being  contemplated. 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  as  you  know,  the  Department  of  State  operates 
through  its  political  offices,  its  economic  offices,  and  its  cultural  affairs 
and  intelligence  offices,  which  were  all  at  one  level  of  authority. 

Mr.  Hiss'  Office  of  Special  Political  Affairs,  in  proposing  policy 
matters  for  the  United  Nations,  would  be  required  to  coordinate  with 
these  geographic  and  other  offices  when  it  was  at  its  level  that  it  was 
prior  to  this  memorandum  or  had  this  memorandum  of  his  gone  into 
effect. 

NoWj  if  it  went  into  the  Office  of  the  Under  Secretary  of  State,  while 
as  a  matter  of  good  administration  he  might  have  sought  the  advice  of 
other  officials  of  the  Department,  or  other  duly  constituted  officials  of 
the  Department  as  to  coordination  of  his  policy  suggestions,  it  would 
not  be  required  of  him  as  a  matter  of  jurisdiction,  because,  if  you  will 
notice  in  the  plan,  the  Nelson  plan  there,  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Office 
of  Special  Political  Affairs  was  virtually  exclusive  in  connection  with 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  853 

international  organization  and  international  security  organization. 
If  you  put  that  at  the  Secretary's  level,  it  would  be  exclusive  in  fact. 

Senator  McCarran.  Giving  him  exclusive  powers? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes,  sir. 

Senator  McCarran.  And  that  plan  was  set  up  by  Hiss? 

Mr.  Paxuch.  I  don't  know  who  set  up  that.  That  was  prior  to 
my  entry  into  the  Department.  It  was  a  matter  of  record  and  a  part 
of  our  jurisdictional  setup  when  I  entered. 

The  Chairman.  Go  ahead  with  the  memorandum. 

Mr.  Mandel  (reading)  : 

The  plan's  simplicity  of  design  is  admirable;  its  concept  is  grandiose.  If 
accomplished,  it  will  make  Colonel  McCormack's  plans  for  the  reorganization 
of  the  Department  under  the  cloak  of  organizing  "intelligence"  appear  pro- 
vincial and  myopic  by  comparison. 

2.  In  examining  the  plan  and  assessing  its  implications  in  terms  of  control, 
it  should  be  remembered  that  Dr.  Hiss  exercises  Svengali-like  influence  over 
the  mental  processes  of  Junior  Stettinius,  the  United  States  Delegate  to  UNO. 
Through  Mr.  Rothwell,  his  designee  for  the  post  of  Secretary-General  of  the 
United  States  Delegation  to  UNO,  Dr.  Hiss  vv'ill  enjoy  "working  control"  over 
the  flow  of  papers  in  and  out  of  the  Secretariat  of  the  United  States  group. 
The  proposed  plan  would  establish  a  similar  control  setup  within  the  State 
Department,  where  Dr.  Hiss  already  wields  considerable  influence  with  the 
counselor  on  UNO  matters.  This  would  be  effected  by  the  simple  device  of 
establishing  a  new  Office  for  United  Nations  Affairs,  which  would  report  directly 
to  the  Under  Secretary.  Under  the  plan,  the  Director  of  this  new  office  (Dr. 
Hiss)  would  be  the  Under  Secretary's  Deputy  for  United  Nations  Affairs. 

3.  If  this  ambitious  project  should  be  approved,  it  is  obvious  that  the  opera- 
tions of  the  new  office,  as  the  "initiating  and  coordinating  center  within  the 
Department"  for  UNO  affairs,  will,  for  all  practical  purposes,  supplant  and 
supersede  the  functions  of  the  geographic  and  economic  offices  of  the  Depart- 
ment. In  such  event,  the  question  arises  to  what  extent  the  de  jure  policy 
output  of  the  Department  will  be  diluted  by  the  day-to-day  de  facto  policy 
product  as  established  by  Mr.  Stettinius'  counterpart  of  the  State  Department, 
functioning  within  the  UNO  orbit  of  influence  in  New  York.  If  Dr.  Hiss  should 
succeed  in  causing  Dr.  Appleby  to  be  designated  as  the  UNO  Assistant  Secre- 
tary General  for  Administration,  the  Hiss  group  will  have  achieved  infiltration 
in,  or  control  of,  four  critically  strategic  points,  I.  e.,  (a)  UNO  itself  (Feller 
Appleby)  (b)  the  United  States  Delegation  (Stettinius  and  Rothwell)  (c) 
State  Department  (Hiss,  Ross,  OUNOA),  and  (d)  Bureau  of  the  Budget  Harold 
Smith,  Sehwarzwalder). 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Panuch,  who  else  would  have  access  to  the 
security  files  besides  you  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  didn't  have  direct  access  to  the  security  files.  That 
was  handled  by  the  divisions  under  my  jurisdiction.  One  at  that 
time  was  the  office  of  personnel  investigations,  and  the  other  was  what 
was  then  known  as  the  control  office.  That  was  under  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  Mr.  Frederick  Lyon ;  and  the  security  officer,  acting  directly 
under  Mr.  Lyon  at  that  time,  was  Mr.  Bannerman. 

The  Chairman.  What  were  the  Hiss  proposals  with  respect  to  SPA  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  They  were  simply  organizational  proposals. 

The  Chairman.  Wliere  did  you  see  them  first? 

]\Ir.  Panuch.  They  came  in  to  Mr.  Russell's  office  for  a  concurrence, 
and  naturally,  they  came  to  me  and  this  memorandum  was  the  result. 

The  Chairman.  Was  your  memorandum  helpful  in  stopping  this 
project? 

Mr.  Panuch.  My  memorandum  killed  it  deader  than  a  door  nail. 

The  Chairman.  What  moved  you,  Mr.  Panuch,  to  take  this  action? 
Mr.  Paxuch.  I  think,  sir,  that  the  memorandum  speaks  for  itself. 
At  that  time  a  very  great  issue  in  the  State  Department — and  this 


854  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

is  an  organizational  issue  which  has  policy  implications — was  whether 
our  policy  formulation  process  would  initiate  with  our  foreign  service 
officers  who  had  been  trained  and  were  experienced  in  foreign  affairs, 
or  whether  it  would  go  into  the  hands  of  people  who  had  no  such 
training,  departmental  employees,  who  staffed  Hiss'  office  of  special 
political  affairs,  or  its  successor  under  his  reorganization  proposal. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Panuch,  did  you  ever  see  a  memorandum  by 
Donald  Hiss,  proposing  consolidation  of  economic  functions? 

Mr.  Panuch.  No,  sir ;  I  did  not — but  that  was  the  policy  of  the  Bu- 
reau of  the  Budget  with  respect  to  State  Department  economic  func- 
tions, and  that  was  in  controversy  while  I  was  there. 

Senator  Welker.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  I  have  a  question  ? 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Welker. 

Senator  Welker.  How  did  the  reorganization  which  you  have  de- 
scribed, Mr.  Panuch,  seek  to  change  the  level  of  control  in  the  various 
policy  agencies? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Senator,  if  I  may  offer  a  correction  before  answer- 
ing your  question  as  to  semantics,  I  know  in  Government,  everybody 
talks  about  levels,  but  I  would  like  to  say  "pattern." 

Senator  Welker.  Let  us  call  it  "pattern." 

Mr.  Panuch.  If  I  may,  sir,  I  think  the  pattern,  the  essential  part 
of  the  pattern  was  to  shift  your  policy  formulation,  the  essential  basis 
on  which  your  ultimate  policy  estimates  are  made,  into  a  central  intel- 
ligence group  which  would  overbalance  your  policy  offices  of  the  De- 
partment. In  that  way,  while  there  would  be  no  change  in  level, 
there  would  be  a  change  in  pattern  impetus,  control  and  direction. 
The  other  change,  of  course,  was  the  historic  change  which  was  initi- 
ated by  our  entry  into  the  United  Nations  Organization,  which  placed 
a  large  part  of  our  foreign  policy  on  an  international  basis  rather  than 
on  the  traditional  country-to-country  or  bilateral  basis.  So  that  at 
the  end  of  the  war  you  would  have  had  three  groupings  of  policy 
formulation :  Your  international  work  in  the  United  Nations ;  the 
liquidation  of  the  war  through  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers,  in- 
volving the  Big  Four;  and  lately,  diplomatic  relations  with  countries 
which  were  neither  in  the  United  Nations  nor  in  the  Council  of  For- 
eign Ministers  group ;  for  instance.  Franco's  Spain. 

Senator  Welker.  And  I  am  safe  in  the  conclusion  that  it  brought 
the  intelligence  and  research  functions  from  OSS  and  the  propaganda 
from  OWI,  and  I  think  you  have  stated,  the  economic  functions  and 
the  economic  intelligence  from  FEA? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes,  sir. 

Senator  Welker.  Senator  McCarran  has  suggested  that  you  adjust 
the  microphone ;  that  he  is  having  trouble  in  getting  your  answers. 

Senator  McCarran.  He  is  just  shaking  his  head,  not  answering. 

The  Chairman.  The  reporter  does  not  get  the  nods,  so  just  answer. 

Senator  Welker.  Was  there  an  attempt  to  reorganize  all  intelli- 
gence matters  which  would  have  gone  further  than  the  ones  actually 
effected  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes.    If  I  gather  by  that  present  question 

Senator  Welker.  That  would  go  back  to  the  Presidential  order  of 
September  1945,  that  interim  arrangement? 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  855 

Mr.  Panucii.  Yes.  The  Presidential  order  charged  the  Secretary 
of  State  with  setting-  up  a  strong  Central  Intelligence  Unit  within 
the  State  Department.  That  immediately  created  the  issue  that  I 
spoke  of,  as  to  where  your  balance  of  policy  would  be.  The  second 
element  of  the  directive  was  to  coordinate  the  Central  Intelligence 
operations  of  all  other  agencies.  Now,  of  course,  one  of  the  things 
involved  was  secret  foreign  operations,  and  I  felt  that  it  was  not 
proper  for  the  State  Department  to  indulge  in  any  clandestine  foreign 
operations,  that  that  was  properly  a  matter  for  a  centralized  agency. 
I  took  the  position  that  that  should  be  outside  of  the  Department, 
and  subsequent]}'  President  Truman  and  Admiral  Leahy  and  Secre- 
tary Byrnes  agreed  with  that  position,  and  they  put  it  into  Central 
Intelligence  Authority,  which  is  the  predecessor  of  the  CIA. 

Senator  Welker.  Mr.  Panuch,  you  are  giving  us  some  very  valuable 
information  and  testimony  here. 

Now,  I  will  ask  you  this  question  : 

Who  were  the  people  who  tried  to  bring  about  this  further  change  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  You  mean  in  the  intelligence  field,  sir? 

Well,  the  plan  was  the  plan  of  Mv.  George  Schwarzwalder  in  the 
Bureau  of  the  Budget,  and  they  induced  Mr.  Alfred  McCormack,  who 
had  been  Colonel  McCormack  in  the  Military  Intelligence  Service  in 
the  War  Department,  to  head  up  the  intelligence  operation  in  the 
State  Department  as  Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary  for  Intelli- 
gence. He  had  as  his  deputy,  I  believe,  a  Mr.  Finan,  who  was  from 
the  Bureau  of  the  Budget. 

Senator  McCarran.  How  do  you  spell  that  name? 

Mr.  Panuch.  F-i-n-a-n 

Senator  Welker.  Mv.  Panuch,  did  the  establishment  of  the  NIA  in 
January  of  1946  cause  the  defeat  of  this  plan? 

Mr.  Panuch.  You  mean  the  Central  Intelligence  Agency? 

Senator  Welker.  Yes. 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes,  sir;  it  did. 

Senator  Welker.  Was  this  plan  ever  reinstated  ? 

Mr,  Panuch.  No,  sir. 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Chairman,  at  this  point  I  would  like  to  offer  for 
the  record  some  docmnents  here  which  relate  to  the  testimony  that 
Mr.  Panuch  will  now  give,  the  forthcoming  testimony. 

The  Chairman.  All  right. 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Panuch,  will  you  identify  the  next  document  in 
sequence  there  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Number  5? 

Mv.  Morris.  Yes. 

Mr.  Panuch.  As  I  have  testified,  the  issue  on  the  intelligence  or- 
ganization was  one  that  was  very  hotly  debated,  not  only  in  the  De- 
partment but  in  the  press,  and  the  usual  psychological  warfare  and  in- 
fighting took  place,  and  this  was  argued  on  numerous  occasions  in  the 
staff  committee  presided  over  by  the  Secretary,  with  as  much  for- 
mality as  a  Supreme  Court  argument. 

I  have  before  me  the  exhibit  5,  a  brief  of  Mr.  McCormack's  argu- 
ment in  support  of  the  plan. 

INIr.  Morris.  That  is  an  official  document? 

Mv.  Panuch.  That  is  a  copy  of  an  official  document  of  the  Depart- 
ment. 

32918°— 53 — pt.   13 3 


856  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  that  particular  document  go  into 
the  record? 

The  Chairman.  It  may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  part  of  the 
record. 

(The  document  referred  to  was  marked  "Exhibit  No.  264"  and 
follows:) 

Exhibit  No.  264 

SC-185,  Februaey  12,  1946. 

Secretaky's  Staff  Committee— Permanent  Location  and  Organization  of  the 
Office  of  Research  and  Intelligence 

THE  problem 

The  Departmental  Order  attached  as  Annex  I  established  the  Office  of  Re- 
search and  Intelligence  on  January  1,  1946,  but  provided  that  the  Otlice  "is 
established  temporarily  for  the  period  January  1  through  February  28,  ,1948," 
and  that. a  final  decision  on  the  ultimate  location  and  organization  of  that  Office 
would  lie  made  by  the  Secretary  on  or  before  March  1,  1946.  This  paper  is 
intended  to  be  the  basis  of  recommendations  to  the  Secretary  as  to  what  the 
decision  should  be. 

recommendation 

It  is  reconnnended : 

(1)  That  the  location  of  the  Office  of  Research  and  Intelligence  remain 
under  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence. 

(2)  That  the  Office  of  Research  and  Intelligence  remain  organized  as  at 
present. 

(3)  That  the  intelligence  research  functions  of  the  Division  of  American 
Republics  Analysis  and  Liaison  be  transferred  to  the  Division  of  American 
Republics  Intelligence. 

BACKGROUND 

1.  A  chronological  statement  of  the  developments  leading  up  to  the  present 
issue  is  attached  as  Annex  II  and  is  summarized  below. 

2.  The  Department's  intelligence  program,  upon  which  was  based  the  October 
1,  1945,  transfer  to  the  Department  of  tlie  Research  and  Analysis  Branch  and 
the  Presentation  Branch  of  the  former  OSS,  was  predicated  upon  the  estab- 
lishment under  a  Si)ecial  Assistant  to  the  Secretary  of  a  single  organization 
which  would  "be  responsible  for  the  collection,  evaluation  and  dissemination  of 
all  information  regarding  foreign  nations."  The  Secretary  specifically  approved 
the  creation  of  such  an  organization. 

3.  One  of  the  stated  objectives  of  the  Department  in  thus  centralizing  its  in- 
telligence activities  was  to  "free  the  operating  offices  of  the  intelligence  func- 
tion and  thus  relieve  them  of  a  very  considerable  burden '.  This  was  to  be  one 
of  the  "first  steps  in  the  reorganization  of  the  Department  to  meet  its  expanding 
responsibilities." 

4.  The  last  quoted  statement  was  contained  in  a  press  release  by  the  Acting 
Secretary,  announcing  the  appointment  of  a  special  assistant  for  Research  and 
Intelligence.     The  press  release  also  stated  : 

"There  will  also  be  transferred  to  the  permanent  offices,  under  (the  Special 
Assistant's)  direction,  appropriate  units  already  existing  within  the  present 
structure  of  the  Department  of  State." 

5.  Upon  taking  office  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence  was 
directed  by  the  Acting  Secretary  to  conduct  a  survey  of  OSS  and  Departmental 
activities,  in  order  to  arrive  at  a  program  which  would 

"Coordinate  the  units  within  OSS  which  we  wish  to  retain  and  the  units  of 
the  Department  of  State  now  participating  in  intelligence  activities,  so  that,  by 
January  1,  all  intelligence  activities  within  the  Department  will  be  under  your 
own  control  *  *  *." 

6.  The  directive  further  stated : 

"The  steps  which  I  have  directed  in  this  memorandum  will  have  the  effect  of 
uniting  and  consolidating  the  intelligence  activities  of  this  Department." 

7.  Not  until  October  27,  1945,  was  there  evidence  of  a  difference  of  opinion 
within  the  Department  as  to  the  method  of  organizing  its  intelligence  activities. 
At  that  time,  and  on  several  subsequent  occasions,  the  proposal  has  been  made 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  857 

that  the  best  way  of  equipping  the  functional  and  geographic  offices  to  meet  their 
"expanding  responsibilities"  is  not  to  free  them  of  the  intelligence  function  but 
to  enlarge  the  staff  of  each  of  them  by  adding  a  unit  to  perform  the  intelligence 
research  work  affecting  their  respective  areas  or  fields. 

8.  There  has  been  no  disagreement  regarding  the  centralization  of  intelligence 
collection  facilities  and  certain  intelligence  research  facilities.  There  are,  how- 
ever, varous  opinions  regarding  the  extent  to  which  the  research  functions  as- 
signed by  the  Departmental  Order  (Annex  I)  to  the  regional  intelligence  divi- 
sions should  be  centralized. 

ISSUE   NOW   PRESENTED 

1.  The  chart  attached  as  Annex  III  is  intended  to  show  the  steps  involved  in 
production  of  an  intelligence  report.  It  also  shows  the  present  organization  of 
the  Offices  under  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence. 

2.  An  alternative  form  of  organization  has  been  proposed  by  the  Geographic 
Offices  and  is  set  forth  in  the  memorandum  attached  as  Annex  IV.  Briefly,  that 
proposal  would  divide  up  the  personnel  of  the  Office  of  Research  Intelligence 
divisions  and  distribute  most  of  them  to  the  geographic  offices,  substituting  for 
ORI  an  "Office  of  Research  Coordination"  with  the  following  functions : 

(a)  To  establish  and  maintain  standards  of  research  and  analysis  through- 
out the  Department. 

(6)  To  formulate,  in  consultation  with  geographic  offices,  a  Departmental 
program  for  basic  research,  and  to  coordinate  and  stimulate  its  execution. 

(c)  To  organize  and  supervise  cooperative  projects  in  research  cutting 
across  the  lines  of  the  geographic  offices. 

(d)  To  maintain  a  central  clearing  house  of  information  regarding  re- 
search studies  prepared  or  planned  anywhere  in  the  Department. 

(e)  To  maintain  liaison  with  other  agencies  of  the  Government,  and  with 
private  institutions,  for  the  purpose  of  utilizing  all  possible  research  re- 
sources to  meet  the  Department's  needs. 

if)  To  conduct  specialized  research  on  economic  or  other  technical  sub- 
jects. 

ARGUMENT 

1.  The  first  argi;ment  for  separating  the  intelligence  function  completely  from 
operating  and  polic.y  functions  is  one  of  principle.  Intelligence  research  is  fact 
finding.  It  requires  independence  and  integrity  of  judgment,  perspective  and  ob- 
jectivity— qualities  that  thrive  only  in  the  most  favorable  environment. 

2.  Separation  of  the  fact  finder  from  involvement  in  policies  and  objectives  is 
not  only  a  firm  and  time-honored  doctrine  of  those  organizations  having  most 
experience  in  the  conscious  pursuit  of  intelligence  work — the  Armed  Forces  of 
this  and  other  nations ;  it  is  also  fundamental  in  our  institutions  of  government. 
The  administration  of  justice  depends  on  fact  finding  devices,  supported  by  a 
complex  of  rules  and  practices  (such  as  those  governing  the  selection  and  func- 
tioning of  juries)  which  aim  to  prevent  the  fact  finders  from  the  influence,  con- 
scious or  unconscious,  of  policy,  prejudice  or  any  interest  in  the  result  of  the  fact- 
finding process. 

3.  In  cases  where  the  fact  finder  has  additional  functions,  as  with  the  equity 
judge,  the  law  demands  a  rigid  separation  of  the  functions  and  a  clear  statement 
of  the  determinations  of  fact,  and  provides  an  impartial  I'eview  of  the  findings  on 
appeal.  In  modern  administrative  law,  the  most  serious  and  controversial  issues 
turn  on  the  need  for  protecting  (and  the  great  difficulty  of  protecting)  the  fact 
finder  from  the  bias,  generally  unconscious,  that  comes  from  commitments  to 
policy  or  an  interest  in  objectives. 

4.  Students  of  government  have  frequently  dealt  with  this  subject.  The  danger 
of  combining  research  functions  with  oi)erational  and  policy  functions  was  dis- 
cussed by  Walter  Lippmann  long  ago,  in  his  Public  Opinion,  and  the  following 
conclusion  was  stated : 

"The  only  institutional  safeguard  is  to  separate  as  absolutely  as  it  is  possible 
to  do  so  the  staff  which  investigates.  The  two  should  be  parallel  but  quite 
distinct  bodies  of  men,  recreated  differently,  paid  if  possible  from  separate  funds, 
responsible  to  different  heads,  intrinsically  uninterested  in  each  other's  personal 
success." 

5.  In  England  the  Committee  on  Ministers'  Powers,  in  its  comprehensive  jeport 
published  shortly  before  the  war,  arrived  at  the  same  general  conclusion  and  laid 
great  stress  on  the  need  for  independent  fact  finding.    The  committee  argued  that 


858  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

a  high-minded  man  could  make  an  impartial  determination  in  the  face  of  a 
pecuniary  interest  but  that  he  could  rarely  do  so  in  the  face  of  a  sincere  convic- 
tion on  policy. 

6.  During  the  recent  agitation  for  a  central  inter-departmental  intelligenc. 
agency,  it  was  frequently  stated  that  an  independent,  nondepartmental  intelli 
gence  organization  is  required  because  the  departments  are  not  impartial  reporter- 
of  facts  but  are  influenced  by  their  individual  objectives  and  policies,  and  tend 
to  report  or  withhold  information,  to  emphasize  or  deemphasize  it,  according  to 
whether  it  does  or  does  not  serve  departmental  purposes. 

7.  Whether  that  charge  be  valid  or  not,  it  is  submitted  that  independence  of 
thought  and  an  unbiased  approach  to  facts  will  be  more  likely,  according  tn 
common  experience,  if  the  intelligence  unit  confines  itself  to  the  intelligenci 
function  and  is  directed  by  officers  who  also  confine  themselves  to  that  function 

8.  Independent  of  thought  and  an  unbiased  approach  to  facts  are  not  qualitir 
that  an  organization  acquires  merely  by  willing  to  have  them.  Even  in  a  groiu. 
devoted  wholly  to  factual  research,  the  specialist  will  tend  to  overrate  the  im- 
portance of  his  own  svibject,  to  get  committed  to  conclusions,  and  to  acquire 
preferences,  prejudices,  and  doctrines.  To  combat  and  neutralize  those  ten- 
dencies is  a  function  of  supervision,  a  continuing  function  that  must  be  per- 
formed day  in  and  day  out,  by  whatever  organizational  devices  are  appropriate, 
including  establishment  of  work  priorities,  allocation  of  personnel  to  specific 
tasks,  and  provision  of  adequate  means  for  review  of  studies  and  reports  for 
objectivity,  perspective,  and  balance,  as  well  as  factual  content.  Effective  super- 
vision along  those  lines  would  be  impossible  in  an  organization  broken  up  and 
divided  among  four  or  more  separate  offices. 

9.  That  leads  to  the  next  argument,  which  is  that  the  geographic  offices  are 
not  qualified  by  training  or  experience  to  operate  or  supervise  intelligence  re- 
search work.  Supervision  of  research  on  any  scale  is  a  professional  job.  On 
the  scale  required  to  meet  this  Department's  needs  it  is  a  professional  job  for 
a  highly  skilled  supervisory  organization,  and  not  merely  for  an  individual. 
The  geographic  Intelligence  Divisions  are  not  self-contained  units  that  can  be 
shifted  around  in  the  Department  without  impairing  their  effectiveness.  They 
are  directed  from  the  office  of  the  Director  of  ORI,  which  passes  on.  their  work 
before  it  comes  out,  ties  the  several  divisions  together,  insures  that  all  appro- 
priate regional  and  functional  specialists  have  contributed  to  the  result,  and 
in  general  performs  the  functions  of  management.  The  geographic  offices  are 
not  equipped,  and  cannot  equip  themselves,  to  perform  those  functions. 

10.  But  even  assuming  that  research  could  be  supervised  adequately  in  the 
geographic  offices,  and  that  it  would  produce  intelligence  unaffected  by  the  policy 
commitments  of  those  offices,  decentralization  would  still  impair  the  effectiveness 
of  the  present  oi'ganization  and  be  wasteful  and  inefficient. 

11.  A  centralized  Office  can  provide  specialists  on  subjects  of  interest  to  a 
number  of  offices  in  the  Department,  no  one  of  which  could  justify  their  employ- 
ment in  its  individual  research  unit.  Centralized  control  of  positions  and  of 
assignments  of  personnel  can  assure  that  there  is  no  more  than  a  single  specialist 
or  group  for  each  aspect  of  intelligence.  With  a  single  research  organization 
it  is  possible  to  establish  and  maintain  clear-cut  guides  and  procedures  for  dis- 
tribution of  incoming  intelligence  data  and  a  single  library  and  reference  service — 
indexed  collections  of  documents,  maps,  photographs,  books,  etc.  With  many 
scattered  research  units  the  distribution  problem  would  be  exceedingly  complex 
and  centralization  of  reference  files  would  be  impracticable. 

12.  A  decentralized  organization  would  be  inflexible  and  slow  to  respond  to 
emergencies,  which  under  present  arrangements  are  met  by  promptly  shifting 
personnel  to  the  most  urgent  work.  The  proposal  of  the  geographic  offices,  recog- 
nizing that  many  intelligence  problems  (if  not  most  of  them)  go  beyond  the 
area  or  functional  responsibility  of  any  one  geographic  office,  provides  for  an 
Office  of  Research  Coordination  which,  among  other  duties,  would  "organize 
and  supervise  cooperative  projects  in  research  cutting  across  the  lines  of  the 
geographic  ofiices." 

13.  But  the  kind  of  supervision  that  is  required  to  meet  the  objectives  stated 
in  the  proposal  of  the  geographic  offices  (including  the  establishment  and  mainte- 
nance of  standards  of  research  and  analysis  throughout  the  Department)  involve 
command — day-to-day  supervision  of  the  personnel  engaged  in  research  and 
analysis.  It  involves  hiring  and  firing ;  determining  what  personnel  will  do 
what  jobs,  what  kind  and  amount  of  direction  they  will  have  and  what  checks 
their  work  will  be  subjected  to.  Without  control  of  personnel,  the  establish- 
ment of  standards,  the  coordination  of  a  research  program,  the  supervision  of 
projects  cutting  across  geographic  lines  could  not  be  performed  effectively. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  859 

14.  An  analysis  of  the  work  done  on  political  problems  by  ORI  and  predeces- 
sor organizations  would  demonstrate  that  in  one  important  respect  the  typical 
project  goes  beyond  the  field  of  the  geographic  office,  in  that  economic  as  well 
as  political  subjects  are  involved.  Dismemberment  of  the  research  organization 
would  increase  the  difficulty  of  studying  and  presenting  all  aspects  of  a  problem. 
Centralization  not  only  makes  that  easier  but  it  provides  a  imifying  influence 
as  between  the  Political  and  Economic  Offices  within  the  Department,  giving 
them  a  common  body  of  knowledge  on  subjects  of  mutual  interest. 

15.  Not  only  does  ORI  serve  the  economic,  cultural,  and  information  offices 
and  the  Office  of  Special  Political  Affairs,  as  well  as  the  geographic  offices,  but 
in  two  other  respects  its  interests  go  beyond  the  immediate  concerns  of  the  geo- 
graidiic  offices.  First,  ORI  is  interested  in  long-term  basic  intelligence,  which 
the  geographic  offices  do  not  ordinarily  require  in  their  day-to-day  operations; 
second,  it  has  the  function  of  keeping  track  of  specialized  intelligence  (such  as 
military  intelligence)  to  a  suflBcient  degree  to  keep  the  Department  informed 
and  to  assess  the  reliability  of  what  the  specialized  intelligence  organizations 
turn  out. 

IG.  The  organization  now  known  as  ORI  has  functioned  as  a  unit  for  over  5 
years.  Wliile  it  is  divided  for  administrative  purposes  into  geographic  and 
functional  parts,  those  parts  are  interdependent  and  clo.sely  linked  together. 
'They  share  a  common  flow  of  incoming  information,  common  files  and  common 
objectives  and  standards.  Cross-divisional  project  teams  are  employed  on  a 
large  part  of  the  work.  The  organization  has  an  esprit  de  corps  which  Is  a 
considerable  factor  in  its  efficiency,  and  which  has  enabled  it  to  survive  the 
innumerable  difficulties  of  the  last  six  months. 

17.  To  break  up  such  an  organization,  upon  the  assumption  that  its  component 
parts  would  still  function  after  dismemberment,  is  at  least  dangerous.  Apart 
from  loss  of  efficiency  from  other  causes,  it  is  believed  that  many  of  the  key 
personnel,  whom  it  has  been  hard  to  retain  because  of  competing  offei-s  of  uni- 
versity jobs  with  a  high  degree  of  security,  would  quit.  The  opinion  among 
them  seems  to  be  unanimous  that  to  dismember  the  organization  would  be  to 
destroy  it. 

18.  It  is  important  that  the  issue  be  decided  promptly,  since  the  present  state 
of  suspense  has  caused  serious  moral  problems.  It  has  also  caused  two  of  the 
best  men  in  the  immediate  office  of  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  In- 
telligence to  announce  their  resignations,  effective  within  the  next  three  months. 
It  has  seriously  impaired  our  recruiting  program.  A  consultant  for  the  Federal 
Reserve  Board,  one  of  the  best  informed  men  on  Russian  economics,  had  agreed 
to  join  ORI  but  now  refuses  to  do  so  until  assured  that  the  organization  will 
survive  as  a  unit.  In  a  similar  position  ai'e  four  very  able  intelligence  officers 
who  have  been  or  who  are  lieing  discharged  from  the  Army,  all  of  whom  had 
previously  agreed  to  come  into  the  Department,  at  the  sacrifice  of  exceptionally 
good  opportunities  in  private  employment.  One  of  these  men  has  now  been  lost 
for  good,  having  been  appointed  to  public  office  in  his  home  state.  ORI  reports 
that  its  program  for  recruiting  qualified  junior  research  personnel  is  at  a  stand- 
still because  it  can  give  no  assurance  of  permanency  of  tenure. 

10.  In  considering  the  immediate  problem,  it  should  be  borne  in  mind  that 
setting  up  an  adequately  staffed  oflice  of  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and 
Intelligence  and  putting  the  two  subordinate  OflSces  and  their  divisions  on  a 
permanent  basis  are  only  the  first  steps  toward  the  Department's  proper  ob- 
jectives in  the  field  of  foreign  intelligence.  The  problem  of  correlating  the 
Departmental  intelligence  organization  with  the  establishments  of  the  Foreign 
Service  abroad  or  for  developing  a  reporting  program  to  meet  the  intelligence 
needs  of  the  Department  have  not  yet  been  touched.  No  adequate  machinery  has 
even  been  set  up  within  the  Department  for  insuring  that  the  Department's  for- 
eign information  will  flow  into  ORI.  No  real  progress  has  been  made  toward 
coordinating  the  Department's  intelligence  activities  with  those  of  other  agencies, 
although  that  job  will  now  become  urgent  by  reason  of  the  creation  of  the 
Central  Intelligence  Group. 

20.  Further,  although  the  original  directive  to  the  Special  Assistant  called 
for  creation  of  an  Office  of  Security  Intelligence  (counterintelligence),  no  steps 
in  that  direction  have  been  taken,  because  of  successful  passive  resistance  within 
the  Department.  As  a  result,  in  the  discussions  which  are  about  to  begin  with 
the  Central  Intelligence  Group  on  the  postwar  organization  of  security  intelli- 
gence, the  Department  is  in  the  position  of  not  having  studied  the  problems  and 
therefore  having  no  policy,  though  the  matter  is  of  special  interest  because,  out- 
side occupied  areas,  the  security  intelligence  personnel  (whether  X-2  or  FBI) 
operate  under  State  Department  cover. 


860  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION   IN    GOVERNMENT 

21.  This  Department  unsuccessfully  advanced  a  proposal  for  coordination 
of  foreign  intelligence  activities  under  a  plan  that  would  have  given  the  Depart- 
ment a  role  in  foreign  intelligence,  consistent  with  its  responsibility  for  the 
conduct  of  foreign  affairs.  Possibly  it  is  fortunate  that  the  proposal  was  not 
accepted,  because  at  this  time  the  Department  is  not  equipped  to  assume  a  pri- 
mary role  in  foreign  intelligence.  If,  however,  it  is  a  sound  proposition  that 
the  Department  of  State  is  the  appropriate  coordinating  agency  in  all  matters 
concerning  foreign  affairs,  including  the  collection  of  information  and  the  dis- 
semination of  foreign  intelligence  (most  especially  the  information  on  which 
the  President  takes  action),  then  tlie  Department  should  fit  itself  to  assume  that 
role.  In  order  to  do  that,  it  must  not  only  preserve  an  effective  research  unit, 
and  give  it  more  support  than  it  has  received  to  date,  but  it  must  go  on  to  de- 
velop a  reporting  program  for  its  offices  abroad  that  will  meet  the  intelligence 
needs  of  the  Department,  including  assignment  to  the  field  of  research  and 
specialized  reporting  i)ersonnel  when  they  are  required.  It  must  also  participate 
fully  in  the  development  of  a  governmeutwide  intelligence  program  and  talie  its 
proper  share  of  the  responsibilities  under  that  progi-am. 

22.  It  is  submitted  that  the  proposal  to  dismember  the  research  organization 
is  unsound  in  principle ;  that  it  would  result  in  waste  and  inefficiency ;  and  that 
it  would  defeat  the  objective  of  putting  the  State  Department  in  its  proper  role 
in  foreign  intelligence. 

23.  If  the  present  organization  of  ORI  is  to  continue,  there  is  one  conflict 
of  jurisdiction  within  the  Department  to  be  ironed  out,  viz,  between  the  Divi- 
sion of  American  Republics  Analysis  and  Liaison  and  the  Division  of  American 
Republics  Intelligence.  The  former  division,  imder  ARA,  purports  to  do  intelli- 
gence worli  falling  within  the  description  of  that  assigned  to  ORI.  This  appears 
to  be  the  only  situation  of  its  kind  within  the  Department  and,  in  the  interest 
of  orderly  organization,  should  be  eliminated  if  the  present  organization  of  ORI 
is  continued. 

(Annex  I  omitted.) 

Annex    II.  Chronological   History   of   Developments  in    Connection    With 
Plans  for  Organizing  Intelligence  Research  in  the  Department 

1.  On  September  20,  1945,  the  President  issued  Executive  Order  No.  9621, 
effective  October  1,  1945,  which — 

"transferred  to  and  consolidated  in  an  Interim  Research  and  Intelligence  Service, 
which  is  hereby  established  in  the  Department  of  State,  (a)  the  functions  of 
the  Research  and  Analysis  Branch  and  of  the  Presentation  Branch  of  the  Office 
of  Strategic  Services  *  *  *  excluding  such  functions  performed  within  the 
countries  of  Germany  and  Austria  *  *  *." 

The  Order  further  provided  : 

"The  Interim  Research  and  Intelligence  Service  shall  be  abolished  as  of  the 
close  of  business  December  31,  1945  *  *  *.  Pending  such  abolition,  (a)  the 
Secretary  of  State  may  transfer  from  the  .said  Service  to  such  agencies  of  the 
Department  of  State  as  he  shall  designate  any  function  of  the  Service,  (ft)  the 
Secretary  may  curtail  the  activities  carried  on  by  the  Service,  (c)  the  head  of 
the  Service,  who  shall  be  designated  by  the  Secretary,  shall  be  responsible  to 
the  Secretary  or  to  such  other  officer  of  the  Department  of  State  as  the  Secre- 
tary shall  direct,  and  (d)  the  Service  shall,  except  as  otherwise  provided  in 
this  order  be  administered  as  an  organizational  entity  in  the  Department  of 
State." 

2.  Also  on  September  20  the  President  addressed  a  letter  to  the  Secretary  of 
State  in  which  he  stated : 

"I  have  today  signed  an  Executive  Order  which  provides  for  the  transfer  to 
the  State  Department  of  the  functions,  personnel,  and  other  resources  of  the 
Research  and  Analysis  Branch  and  the  Presentatioq  Branch  of  the  Office  of 
Strategic  Services  *  *  *  effective  October  1,  1945. 

"The  above  transfer  to  the  State  Department  will  provide  you  with  resources 
which  we  have  agreed  you  will  need  to  aid  in  the  development  of  our  foreign 
policy,  and  will  assure  that  pertinent  experience  accumulated  during  the  war 
will  be  preserved  and  used  in  meeting  the  problems  of  the  peace  *  *  *. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  861 

"I  particularly  desire  that  you  take  the  lead  in  developing  a  comprehensive 
and  coordinated  foreign  intelligence  program  for  all  Federal  agencies  con- 
cerned with  that  type  of  activity  *  *  *" 

3.  On  September  27  the  Acting  Secretary  of  State  announced  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary  of  State  in  charge  of  Research 
and  Intelligence.     In  the  announcement  it  was  stated : 

"*  *  *  the  Research  and  Analysis  Branch  and  the  Presentation  Branch  of  the 
OflSce  of  Strategic  Services  will  be  transferred  to  the  State  Department  effective 
as  of  October  1,  1945.  These  two  branches  will  be  immediately  organized  as  an 
interim  office  in  the  Department,  with  [the  Special  Assistant]  in  charge.  Shortly 
thereafter,  such  permanent  offices  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  creation  of  a 
strong  intelligence  unit,  ordered  by  the  President,  will  be  established  and  placed 
under  [the  Special  Assistant's]  direction.  Between  October  1  and  January  1, 
when  the  interim  office  will  pass  out  of  existence,  the  permanent  offices  will 
absorb  such  functions  and  personnel  of  the  two  Office  of  Strategic  Service 
branches  which  the  Department  of  State  desires  to  retain. 

"There  will  also  be  transferred  to  the  permanent  offices,  under  [the  Special 
Assistant's]  direction,  appropriate  units  already  existing  within  the  present 
structure  of  the  Department  of  State. 

"[This  action  is  among]  the  first  steps  in  the  reorganization  of  the  Depart- 
ment to  meet  its  expanding  responsibilities.  It  should  be  emphasized  that  this 
reorganization  will  be  worked  out  gradually  one  step  at  a  time  and  will  not  take 
the  form  of  numerous  changes  to  be  announced  simultaneously.  As  further 
changes  are  made,  specific  announcements  regarding  each  individual  change  will 
be  made  to  the  public." 

4.  On  October  1,  194.5,  the  Acting  Secretary  issued  a  directive  to  the  Special 
Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence  which  contained  the  following : 

"At  the  time  when  we  were  communicating  with  the  Secretary  of  State  in 
London  regarding  the  establishment  of  an  intelligence  agency  within  the  State 
Department,  I  sent  him  a  message  from  which  the  following  is  an  excerpt : 

"  'The  Special  Assistant  and  his  organization  would  be  responsible  for  the  col- 
lection, evaluation  and  dissemination  of  all  information  regarding  foreign 
nations.  These  functions  are  now  spread  throughout  the  Department.  To 
unite  them  in  one  organization,  which  would  become  the  Department's  encyclo- 
pedia, would  free  the  operating  offices  of  the  intelligence  function  and  thus  relieve 
them  of  a  very  considerable  burden.  Intelligence  would  furnish  the  data  upon 
which  the  operating  offices  would  determine  our  policy  and  our  actions.  *  *  *' 

"Since  the  Secretary  concurred  in  these  general  principles,  and  since  the  Presi- 
dent has  signed  the  Executive  Order,  the  excerpts  which  I  have  quoted  can  well 
serve  as  the  general  basis  of  a  dii-ective  for  you  as  Special  Assistant  to  the 
Secretary  for  Research  and  Intelligence. 

"It  is  desired  that  you  take  the  following  steps  towards  the  creation  of  your 
intelligence  unit : 

"2.  Establish  a  board  consisting  of  Mr.  Lyon,  and  such  other  representatives 
of  the  Department  of  State  and  OSS  as  you  consider  appropriate,  for  the  purpose 
of  surveying  those  parts  of  OSS  which  have  been,  or  will  be,  transferred  to  the 
Department  of  State  for  the  purpose  of  advising  you  which  parts  of  OSS  we  wish 
to  retain  beyond  January  1  and  which  parts  we  wish  to  dissolve  at  that  time. 

"3.  Have  the  board  conduct  simultaneously  a  survey  of  those  organizations 
within  the  present  structure  of  the  Department  of  State  which  are  presently  en- 
gaged in  intelligence  activities,  for  the  purpose  of  advising  you  which  of  these 
organizations  should  be  transferred  to  your  own  intelligence  agency  between 
now  and  January  1. 

"4.  Consolidate  the  units  within  OSS  which  we  wish  to  retain  and  the  units  of 
the  Department  of  State  now  participating  in  intelligence  activities  so  that,  by 
January  1,  all  intelligence  activities  within  the  Department  will  be  under  your 
own  control.  *  *  * 

"The  steps  which  I  have  directed  in  this  memorandum  will  have  the  effect  of 
uniting  and  consolidating  the  intelligence  activities  of  this  Department.  *  *  *" 

5.  In  compliance  with  the  directive  of  the  Acting  Secretary,  on  October  11, 
1945,   the   Special   Assistant    requested   various   offices   of   the   Department   to 


862  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

designate  representatives  to  serve  as  members  of  an  Intelligence  Advisory  Board. 
The  following  were  so  designated  : 

Sherman  Kent,  Chairman,  SA-Mc 

George  Allen,  NEA 

John  Dreier,  ARA 

Elbridge  Durbrow,  EUR 

Wm.  F.  Finan,  SA-Mc 

Haldore  E.  Hanson,  A-B 

Fredericli  B.  Lyon,  CON 

Stanley  McKay,  MN 

Harlev  Notter,  SPA 

J.  K.  Penfield,  FE 

Willard  K.  Thorp,  A-C 

6.  The  Intelligence  Advisory  Board  held  its  first  meeting  on  October  19,  1945, 
at  which  time  arrangements  were  made  for  each  member  of  the  Board  to 
obtain  from  his  Office  a  statement  of  its  intelligence  requirements  and  otherwise 
to  assist  members  of  the  Special  Assistant's  staff  in  the  planning  of  the  Depart- 
ment's intelligence  program. 

7.  On  October  23,  1945,  the  House  of  Representatives  passed  and  sent  to  the 
Senate  H.  R.  4407,  which  provided  for  rescission  of  certain  OSS  appropriations, 
leaving  an  unexpended  balance  of  such  appropriations  insufficient  for  the  con- 
tinued functioning  of  the  OSS  units  transferred  to  the  Department  of  State.  As 
a  result,  it  was  necessai-y  for  the  Special  Assistant  to  prepare  a  supplemental 
budget  estimate  for  the  Intelligence  Offices.  Upon  submission  of  that  budget  esti- 
mate the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration  raised  the  question  of  whether 
the  intelligence  research  of  the  Department  should  not  be  done  on  a  decentralized 
basis  (in  the  various  functional  and  geographic  offices)  instead  of  on  a  centralized 
basis  as  contemplated  in  the  budget  estimate. 

8.  To  dispose  of  the  issue  thus  raised  the  Under  Secretary  held  a  meeting  in 
his  office  on  October  27,  1945,  at  which  the  functional  and  geographic  offices  were 
represented,  as  well  as  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration  and  the 
Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence.  After  considerable  discussion  it 
developed  that  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration  and  the  Assistant  Secre- 
tary for  American  Republic  Affairs  favored  a  decentralized  intelligence  organiza- 
tion, while  all  others  present  either  favored,  or  were  prepared  to  go  along  with,  a 
centralized  intelligence  organization. 

9.  The  matter  was  then  presented  to  the  Secretary  of  State  who  approved  the 
budget,  covering  the  period  ending  June  30, 1946,  which  provided  for  a  centralized 
intelligence  organization. 

10.  On  November  29, 1945,  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration  appointed 
the  following  as  a  working  group  to  prepare  a  detailed  plan  for  establishing  the 
permanent  Intelligence  Offices,  for  submission  to  the  Intelligence  Advisory  Board  : 

George  V.  Allen,  NEA  (representing  the  Geographic  Offices) 

Amory  H.  Bradford.  SA-Mc 

Kermit  Gordon,  CP  (representing  the  Economic  Offices) 

Sherman  Kent,  IRIS 

John  F.  Killea.  SA-Mc 

Stanley  McKay,  MN 

David  H.  Scull.  MN 

11.  On  December  12,  1945,  the  working  group  submitted  a  report  to  the  Intel- 
ligence Advisory  Board,  which  had  been  increased  to  provide  for  representation 
of  each  Economic  Office,  the  Office  of  Foreign  Service,  and  the  Divisions  most 
affected  by  the  transfers  proposed  by  the  working  group.  The  report  consisted 
of  (1)  a  proposal,  recommended  by  a  majority  of  the  working  group,  for  a 
centralized  intelligence  organization,  together  with  a  detailed  statement  of  the 
planned  organization,  and  (2)  an  alternative  proposal,  submitted  on  behalf  of  the 
Geographic  Offices  of  the  Department,  for  an  intelligence  organization  in  which 
collection  facilities  and  certain  research  facilities  would  be  centralized  but  the 
principal  intelligence  research  would  be  decentralized  to  the  Geographic  Offices.* 


1  Decentralization  of  both   political  and   economic  research   was  proposed   on  behalf  of 
the  Geographic  Offices  at  a  December  19,  1945,  meeting  of  the  Intelligence  Advisory  Board. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  863 

12.  On  December  19,  1945,  the  Intelligence  Advisory  Board  met  to  consider 
the  report  of  the  working  group.     Present  were : " 

Sherman  Kent,  Chairman,  IRIS 
George  V.  Allen,  NEA 
Samnel  W.  Bogg.s,  GE 
Richard  F.  Cook,  TRC 
John  C.  deWilde,  ESP 
John  G.  Dreier,  ARA 
Elbridge  Dnrbrow,  EUR 
William  F.  Finan,  Sa-Mc 
Andrew  B.  Foster,  OFS 
Kermit  Gordon,  ITP 
Haldore  E.  Hanson,  A-B 
Federick  B.  Lyon,  CON 
Harley  A.  Notter,  SPA 
Jacques  J.  Reinstein,  OFD 
Arthur  Ringwalt,'  FE 
David  H.  Scull,'  MN 
E.  Wilder  Spaulding,  RP 

13.  The  Intelligence  Advisory  Board  agreed  that  the  objective  of  any  plan  of 
organization  should  be  to  meet  the  recognized  need  for  improved  research  and 
intelligence  service  within  the  Department  but  could  not  agree  on  the  extent  to 
which  the  research  and  intelligence  functions  should  be  centralized.     The  Board : 

(a)  Voted  9  to  8  (with  the  Chairman  breaking  a  tie  vote)  in  favor  of  the 
following  motion : 

"The  Board  considers  that  the  establishment  of  a  central  research  and 
intelligence  organization  within  the  framework  of  the  Directive  of  October 
1st,  issued  by  the  Under  Secretary,  will  best  meet  the  needs  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  for  research  and  intelligence  work." 

(ft)  Recommended  that  an  Office  of  Research  and  Intelligence  be  estab- 
lished, to  meet  the  administrative  problem  created  by  the  termination  of 
IRIS  on  December  31,  194,5,  but  that  the  question  of  a  permanent  intelligence 
research  organization  be  made  a  matter  of  further  study,  and  that  the  Intelli- 
gence Advisory  Board  be  kept  in  existence  for  that  purpose. 

14.  The  Advisory  Board's  reconuuendations  were  transmitted  to  the  Special 
Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence. 

l.j.  On  December  28,  1945,  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration  invited 
certain  of  the  A.ssistant  Secretaries  or  their  representatives,  together  with  cer- 
tain selected  officers  of  the  Geographic  Offices,  to  meet  in  his  office  for  a  dis- 
cussion of  the  proposed  intelligence  organization.  The  group  was  in  agreement 
regarding  the  centralization  of  intelligence  collection  activities  and  certain 
research  activities  (maps  and  biographical  intelligence)  but  expressed  widely 
divergent  opinions  regarding  the  functions  proposed  by  the  Special  Assistant  for 
Research  and  Intelligence  for  the  geographic  intelligence  divisions. 

16.  On  January  5,  1946,  the  Secretary  directed  that  "the  organization  pro- 
posed by  the  Special  Assistant  to  be  adopted  temi)orarily  upon  the  express 
understanding  that  a  final  decision  on  the  ultimate  location  of  the  Office  of 
Research  and  Intelligence  will  be  made  on  or  before  March  1st." 

(Annex  III  omitted.) 


2  Also  present  were  Mr.  Just  Lunning,  Board  Secretary  ;   Messrs.  Bradford  and  Killea, 
members  of  the  workinc;  group  ;  and  Messrs.  Heacoek  and  Grilley  of  FR. 
■''  For  Mr.  James  K.  Penfield. 
*  For  Mr.  Stanley  McKay. 

32918°- 


864  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

Annex  IV.  Form  of  Inteixigence  Organization  Proposed  by  the  Geographic 

Offices 

The  Geographic  Offices  feel  an  urgent  need  for  better  research  and  intelligence 
work  in  the  Department.  They  welcome  the  opportunity  now  afforded  for  the 
realization  of  this  much-needed  improvement. 

The  Geographic  Offices  are  of  the  view,  however,  that  research  activities  in 
the  Department  of  State,  except  for  a  relatively  small  general  research  group, 
mugt  be  tied  organizationally  with  operations  in  order  to  be  of  real  value.  Our 
experience  has  been,  both  in  connection  with  the  work  of  the  Research  and 
Analysis  Branch  of  OSS  and  the  Territorial  Studies  Division  of  the  State  Depart- 
ment, that  the  great  amount  of  outstanding  talent  which  was  amassed  in  those 
groups  for  research  and  intelligence  work  was  by  no  means  adequately  utilized 
and  was  even  to  a  considerable  extent  wasted.  Both  of  these  groups  were  or- 
ganized during  wartime,  when  any  amount  of  effort  and  experience  was  consid- 
ered justified  as  long  as  one  report  out  of  fifty  could  be  translated  into  action. 
Continued  waste  of  talent  on  the  scale  established  during  the  war  cannot  be 
gustified,  particularly  when  fuller  utilization  is  entirely  feasible.  The  work  of 
nearly  one  thousand  i)ersons  now  proposed  for  research  and  intelligence  work  of 
the  Department  can  be  made  useful,  and  barren  efforts  avoided,  if  a  good  part 
of  the  personnel  is  integrated  closely  with  the  operating  offices  of  the  Department. 

Moreover,  if  the  research  jjersonnel  is  retained  in  a  central  organization,  a 
difficulty  more  serious  than  wasted  talent  is  likely  to  result.  To  retain  able 
research  men,  they  must  be  given  a  voice  in  recommending  policy.  Those  now 
being  brought  into  the  Department  should  be  given  such  a  voice.  But  the  policy 
recommendations  of  a  research  unit  which  is  not  organizationally  integrated 
with  operations  are  very  likely  to  be  theoretical  judgments  with  little  basis  in 
reality.  Policy,  to  be  sound,  must  be  based  on  the  closest  contact  between  day- 
to-day  operations  and  good  basic  research. 

It  will  hardly  be  argued  that  policy  recommendations  from  two  points  of  view, 
operations  and  research,  would  be  useful  to  the  executive  officers  of  the  Depart- 
ment in  making  their  policy  decisions.  Not  only  do  the  executive  offices  have 
no  time  to  devote  to  selection,  but  more,  important,  recommendations  based 
either  on  operations  or  research  exclusively  are  bad,  and  two  bad  policy  recom- 
mendations are  not  useful  material  from  which  to  make  a  good  selection.  What 
is  needed  is  a  linking  of  operations  and  research  in  the  closest  feasible  manner. 
We  are  convinced  through  experience  and  judgment,  that  this  can  never  be  done 
as  long  as  the  two  branches  are  organizationally  separate. 

Tlie  Geographic  Offices  propose  that  research  and  intelligence  in  the  Depart- 
ment be  organized  as  follows  : 

1.  The  Offices  of  Intelligence  should  include : 

(fl)   Office  of  Security. 

(6)   Office  of  Intelligence  Collection  and  Dissemination. 

(c)   Office  of  Research  Coordination. 

2.  Each  Geographic  Office  should  maintain  a  Division  of  Research  organized 
with  geographic  sections  corresponding  to  the  other  Divisions  of  the  Office. 

3.  Functions  of  the  Office  of  Research  Coordination  would  be : 

(a)  To  establish  and  maintain  standards  of  research  and  analysis 
throughout  the  Department. 

(6)  To  formulate,  in  consultation  with  Geographic  Offices,  a  Departmental 
program  for  basic  research,  and  to  coordinate  and  stimulate  its  execution. 

(c)  To  organize  and  supervise  cooperative  projects  in  research  cutting 
across  the  lines  of  the  Geographic  Offices. 

(d)  To  maintain  a  central  clearing  house  of  information  regarding  re- 
search studies  prepared  or  planned  anywhere  in  the  Department. 

(e)  To  maintain  liaison  with  other  agencies  of  the  Government,  and  with 
private  institutions,  for  the  purpose  of  utilizing  all  pos.sible  research  re- 
sources to  meet  the  Department's  needs. 

(f)  To  conduct  specialized  research  on  economic  or  other  technical 
subjects. 

4.  Functions  of  geographic  research  divisions  in  Geographic  Offices. 

( (I )  To  act  generally  as  research  and  analysis  body  for  geographical 
division. 

( ft )  To  prepare  any  necessary  current  situation  reports  on  political 
conditions. 

(c)  To  prepare  and  maintain  basic  information  on  current  basis  regard- 
ing countries  in  respective  areas. 

(d)  To  study  and  report  (m  specific  problems  as  requested  by  geographical 
division,  or  on  own  initiative  with  concurrence  of  geographic  divisions. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  865 

Mr.  Morris.  What  is  the  next  document? 

Mr.  Panuch.  The  next  document,  No.  6,  is  our  answer  and  brief  to 
Mr.  McCormack's  brief,  in  which  we  argue  that  the  plan  is  disastrous, 
and  should  not  be  put  into  effect. 

The  Chairman.  It  may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  part  of 
the  record. 

(The  document  referred  to  was  marked  "Exhibit  No.  265"  and 
follows:) 

Exhibit  No.  265 

A-R,  February  25,  1946. 
The  Secretary  : 

1.  I  transmit  herewith  my  report  and  recommendations  with  respect  to  Staff 
( 'ommittee  Document  No.  SC-1S5,  entitled  "The  Permanent  Location  and  Organ- 
ization of  the  Office  of  Research  and  Intelligence". 

2.  According  to  your  directiA-e  of  January  5,  1946,  the  issue  Involved  is  to  be 
finally  determined  by  you  on  or  before  March  1,  1946. 

Donald  Russell. 
I.  Introductory 

On  12  February  1946  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence  sub- 
mitted to  the  Secretary's  Staff  Committee  Document  SC-185  entitled  "Permanent 
Location  and  Organization  of  the  Office  of  Research  and  Intelligence"  (ORI). 
P>y  direction  of  the  Secretary,  this  document  was  referred  to  the  Assistant  Sec- 
retary for  Administration  for  consideration  and  clearance,  in  accordance  with 
Departmental  Order  No.  13.j6  (Tab  A). 

This  paper  involves  an  issue  on  which  there  is  an  irreconcilable  difference 
of  opinion  in  the  Department.  The  issue  is  whether,  as  the  Special  Assistant 
contends,  the  intelligence  activities  of  the  Department  shall  be  centralized — 
that  is,  organized  outside  of,  and  not  accountable  to,  the  policy  offices  of  the 
Department,  or  whether,  as  held  by  Assistant  Secretaries  Dunn  and  Braden,  such 
activities,  to  the  extent  necessary,  shall  be  integrated  with,  and  made  respon- 
sible to,  the  Offices  of  the  Department  charged  with  policy  development  and 
formulation. 

11.  Prior  History  of  Controversy 

1.    ORIGIN 

On  20  September  1945  the  President  approved  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget's  plan  * 
for  the  organization  of  the  overt  and  secret  foreign  intelligence  activities  of  the 
Government.  This  plan  called  for  the  Departmentof  State  to  assume  the  initia- 
tive in  launching  the  iTrogram  through  a  system  of  interdepartmental  committees 
composed  of  representatives  of  agencies  concerned  with  intelligence.  As  a  first 
step  towards  implementation  of  the  plan,  the  President,  on  20  September,  signed 
Executive  Order  9621  transferring  to  the  Department  of  State  as  of  1  October 
1945  the  functions,  personnel  and  resources  of  the  Research  and  Analysis  Branch 
of  the  Oftice  of  Strategic  Services.  Concurrently,  the  President  issued  a  direc- 
tive to  the  Secretary  of  State,  dated  20  September  (Tab  B),  wherein  he  said,  in 
part: 

"The  above  transfer  to  the  State  Department  will  provide  you  with  resources 
which  we  have  agreed  you  will  need  to  aid  in  the  development  of  our  foreign 
policy,  and  will  assure  that  pertinent  experience  accumulated  during  the  war  will 
be  preserved  and  used  in  meeting  the  problems  of  peace.  Those  readjustments 
and  reductions  which  are  required  in  order  to  gear  the  transferred  activities 
and  resources  into  State  Department  operations  should  be  made  as  soon  as 
practicable. 

"I  particularly  desire  that  you  take  the  lead  in  developing  a  comprehensive 
and  coordinated  foreign  intelligence  program  for  all  Federal  agencies  con- 
cerned with  that  type  of  activity.  This  should  be  done  through  the  creation  of 
an  interdepartmental  group,  heading  up  under  the  State  Department,  which 
would  formulate  plans  for  my  approval.     *  *  *" 


1  Intplligenee    and    Security    Activities    of    the    Government,    Bureau    of    the    Budget, 
September  20,  1945. 


866  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION   IN    GOVERNMENT 

2.   PKOBLEMS    CREATED    BY    THE    PRESIDENT'S    DIEECTTVE 

The  President's  directive  confronted  the  State  Department  with  two  serious 
problems. 

(a)  How  to  absorb  the  resources  transferred  from  OSS  within  the  framework 
of  the  Department's  organizational  structure. 

(6)  How  to  launch  a  complex  program  for  the  organization  and  coordination 
of  National  overt  and  secret  foreign  intelligence  activity  on  an  interdepartmental 
committee  basis  without  the  support  of  the  War  and  Navy  Departments  and  the 
Joint  Chiefs  of  Staff. 

The  Department  was  relieved  of  the  second  problem  when  it  became  obvious 
that  the  plan  to  organize  a  National  foreign  intelligence  program  through  the 
interdepartmental  committee  mechanism  was  impracticable.  Accordingly,  this 
mission  was  assigned  to  the  National  Intelligence  Authority,  established  by 
the  President's  directive  of  22  January  1946. 

With  respect  to  the  first  problem,  the  transfer  of  functions  and  personnel  of 
the  Research  and  Analysis  Branch  of  OSS  to  the  State  Department  developed 
into  a  bitter  and  irreconcilable  difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  scope  of  the 
intelligence  function  and  its  proper  functional  relationship  to  the  work  of  the 
Department  as  a  whole. 

This  issue  was  presentefl  to  and  extensively  argued  before  A-R  on  28  December 
1946.  On  29  December  A-R  submitted  to  the  Secretary  his  recommendations 
with  respect  to  the  determination  of  the  controversy.  Because  of  the  Secretary's 
imminent  departure  for  London,  he  withheld  final  decision  and  stated  in  his 
directive  to  A-R  of  5  January  1946 : 

"*  *  *  The  proposal  of  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence 
involves  fundamental  changes  in   the  organization   of  the  Department  *  *  *. 

"I  wish  the  organization  proposed  by  the  Special  Assistant  to  be  adopted 
temporarily  upon  the  express  understanding  that  a  final  decision  on  the  ultimate 
location  of  the  Ofl5ce  of  Research  and  Intelligence  will  be  made  on  or  before 
March  1st." 

III.  Basic  Ei^ementb  of  the  Problem 

In  approaching  the  organizational  problem  presented  by  SC-185,  some  basic 
considerations  should  be  borne  in  mind.  These  are  three:  (1)  The  Presi- 
dent's objectives;  (2)  the  character  of  the  intelligence  function;  (3)  the  nature 
of  the  Department's  intelligence  requirements. 

1.    THE   PRESIDENTIAL   OB.IECTIVES 

The  President's  purpose  in  transferring  OSS  research  resources  to  the  Depart- 
ment was:  "*  *  *  to  aid  in  the  development  of  our  foreign  policy.  *  *  *"  The 
directive  did  not  envisage,  much  less  require,  that  the  personnel  and  functions 
transferred  from  OSS  would  be  grafted  on  the  Department  without  due  regard 
to  its  organizational  structure.  Indeed,  the  President's  letter  contemplates  a 
careful  meshing,  to  wit : 

''Those  readjustments  and  reductions  which  are  required  to  gear  the  trans- 
ferred activities  and  resources  into  State  Department  operations  should  be  made 
as  soon  as  practicable."     [Emphasis  supplied.] 

2.    THE   FUNCTION   OF   FOREIGN    INTEIXIGENCH 

Foreign  intelligence  is  defined  in  the  ORI  charter  as  "evaluated,  positive 
Information  on  foreign  countries  as  an  aid  to  the  formulation  and  implemen- 
tation of  foreign  policy."  Since  the  State  Department  is  the  principal  foreign 
intelligence  agency  of  the  Government,  the  transfer  of  the  OSS  functions  does 
not  present  the  problem  of  how  a  new  function  is  to  be  conducted.  The  ques- 
tion is  the  manner  in  which  the  personnel  and  facilities  transferred  are  to  be 
assimilated  in  a  going  concern  so  as  to  augment  its  total  resources  without 
disrupting  its  organization  and  throwing  its  operations  into  confusion.  In  this 
respect,  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget  report,  on  which  the  President's  directive  of 
20  September  was  based,  lays  down  this  controlling  principle  as  to  the  situs  of 
intelligence  activities,  at  p.  9 : 

"The  intelligence  operation  is  handmaiden  to  the  actionrtaking  and  policy- 
determining  groups.  It  must  be  sensitive  to  their  needs.  It  must  have  handy 
the  mass  of  original  documents  and  material  on  which  its  studies  are  based. 
While  it  may  secure  much  assistance  from  others  outside,  it  must  be  responsible 
to  the  place  of  decision.  A  department  which  will  be  held  responsible  for  its 
decisions  and  actions  must,  in  turn,  be  able  to  hold  accountable  to  it  the  operation 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  867 

which  produces  intelligence  on  which  those  decisions  and  actions  will,  in  part, 
he  based."     [Emphasis  supplied.] 

The  State  Department  is  organized  along  geographic  and  functional  lines. 
The  geographic  and  economic  desks  are  "the  action-taking  and  policy-determining 
groups"  in  the  great  flow  of  Departmental  decisions  made  daily.  In  matters 
of  high  import,  they  are  responsible  for  recommendations  with  respect  to  policy 
or  action  on  which  the  Secretary's  decisions  are  based. 

3.    DEPARTMENTAL   INTELLIGENCE   REQUIREMENTS 

For  the  purposes  of  this  controversy,  it  is  conceded  that  some  strengthening 
of  the  intelligence  resources  of  the  geographic  oflBces  is  necessary.  However,  the 
real  problem  is  to  coordinate  and  correlate  the  vast  volume  of  existing  intelli- 
gence research.  Some  form  of  a  central  organization  is  required  to  coordinate 
the  research  work  of  all  the  Offices  on  a  departmental  basis,  to  fix  Departmental 
intelligence  objectives  and  establish  uniform  standards  of  research.  Such  a 
central  intelligence  organization  should  also  undertake: 

(«)  Subject  to  appropriate  instructions  and  policy  controls,  the  representa- 
tion of  all  interested  elements  of  the  Department  on  the  technical  staff  of  the 
National  Intelligence  Authority. 

(&)  In  cooperation  with  the  geographic  and  economic  offices,  the  preparation 
of  special  intelligence  estimates  for  the  Secretary  and  the  Under  Secretary  and 
other  top-level  officials  of  the  Department  and  for  the  National  Intelligence 
Authority. 

(f)  Responsibility  for  the  collection  and  dissemination  of  positive  intelligence 
produced  in  the  Department. 

IV.  Analysis  of  Argument  in  Support  of  Centralized  Intelligence 

Organization 

The  argument  presented  in  SC-1S5  in  support  of  the  proposal  for  making 
permanent  the  tentative  organization  of  ORI  breaks  down  into  four  main 
elements. 

1.    the    OCTOBER    1ST    DIRECTHT:     (DOC.     SC-185 — PP.     1-3) 

The  point  is  made  that  the  centralized  intelligence  organization  now  proposed 
is  called  for  by  the  October  1st  directive  (Tab  C).  In  calling  for  a  centralization 
of  all  intelligence  activities  of  the  Department,  it  disregarded  the  principle  of 
intelligence  decentralization  which  was  a  prime  tenet  of  the  Bureau  of  the 
Budget's  intelligence  organization  plan  on  which  the  President's  instructions  to 
the  Secretary  were  based.  Its  proposal  for  the  consolidation  of  the  Department's 
"positive"  and  "security"  intelligence  activities  was  inconsistent  with  the  ele- 
mentary principles  of  intelligence  organization  and  is  neither  practicable  nor 
desirable.  In  any  event,  as  the  Secretary  has  ruled,  any  administrative  directive 
is  subject  to  review  with  respect  to  its  organizational  soundness  and  feasibility 
as  provided  for  by  Departmental  Order  1356  (Tab  A). 

2.    THE  ARGUMENT  FOR  "INDEPENDENT"  RESEAKCH    (SC-1S5 — PP.   4-5) 

"The  first  argument  for  separating  the  intelligence  function  completely  from 
oijerating  and  policy  functions  is  one  of  principle.  Intelligence  research  is  fact- 
finding. It  requires  independence  and  integrity  of  judgment,  perspective  and 
objectivity — qualities  that  thrive  only  in  the  most  favorable  environment." 

In  snpiiort  of  this  statement  of  the  independence  doctrine,  Walter  Lippmann's 
Public  Opinion  (1921),  now  republished  as  a  Pelican  Book,  is  cited.  Safeguards 
thrown  about  the  fact-finding  processes  of  petit  juries,  courts  of  equity  and 
administrative  tribunals  are  invoked  as  applicable  analogies. 

No  one  questions  that  research  intelligence,  to  be  useful,  should  be  unbiased, 
objective,  and  even  chock-full  of  perspective.  But,  if,  as  asserted,  such  qualities 
are  able  "to  thrive  only  in  the  most  favorable  environment,"  intelligence  is  not 
likely  to  flourish  in  the  savage  climate  of  atomic  age  diplomacy.  Centralization 
of  researchers  in  an  independent  organization  divorced  from  the  impact  of  opera- 
tions and  policy  is  no  guarantee  of  perspective  and  objectivity.  Indeed,  it  may 
even  produce  a  theoretical  or  doctrinaire  form  of  bias.  The  cited  analogies  with 
respect  to  the  complete  divorcement  from  policy  (law)  of  the  fact-finding  proc- 
esses of  juries,  administrative  tribunals  and  equity  judges  are  misdirected.  A 
jury  finds  facts  on  instructions  by  the  trial  judge  and  often  in  the  light  of  his 


868  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

comments  on  the  evidence.  A  court  of  equity  renders  findings  of  fact  and  con- 
clusions of  law.  The  same  is  true  of  most  administrative  tribunals.  In  no  case 
is  there  an  insulation  of  the  fact-finding  process  from  the  impact  of  policy  or 
principle. 

3.    THE  INTELLIGENCE  QUALIFICATIONS  OF  THE  GEOGEAPHIC  OFFICES;    (SC-1S5 — 

PP.    6-8   PAR.    8-15) 

This  argument  is  in  the  nature  of  ad  hominem.  It  boils  down  to  two  propo- 
sitions : 

(a)  "The  geographic  offices  are  not  qualified  by  training  or  exi)erience  to 
supervise  research  work." 

(&)  "Even  assuming  that  research  could  be  supervised  adequately  in  the 
geographic  ofiices  and  that  it  would  produce  intelligence  unaffected  by  the  policy 
commitments  of  those  ofiices,  decentralization  would  still  impair  the  effective- 
ness of  the  present  organization  and  be  wasteful  and  inefficient." 

This  contention,  aside  from  its  lack  of  good  taste,  appears  to  misconceive  the 
true  function  of  intelligence  and  evidences  an  unfamiliarity  with  the  operation 
of  the  State  Department.  The  Secretary  is  responsible  for  our  foreign  policy. 
That  policy  is  determined  by  him  on  the  basis  of  information  originating  with-  our 
missions  abroad,  which  is  screened,  correlated  and  evaluated  by  the  existing 
geographic  oflSces. 

The  proposed  charter  of  ORI  states  that  it  will  provide  "evaluated,  positive 
information  on  foreign  countries  as  an  aid  to  the  formulation  of  foreign  policy 
in  the  Department."  (See  Annex  I,  of  SC-1S5,  133.20-11.)  If  this  charter 
is  made  permanent,  we  shall  have  ORI  attempting  to  operate  in  the  same  field 
as  the  regular  long-established  Geographic  Offices.  At  best,  the  result  will  be 
wasteful  duplication  of  effort.  More  likely,  it  will  create  conditions  of  admin- 
istrative bedlam.  If  the  Geographic  Ofiices,  as  claimed,  are  not  doing  the 
intelligence  job  they  are  supposed  to  do,  or  if  their  product  is  biased,  the  solution 
is  to  replace  their  personnel.  The  corrective  does  not  lie  in  the  establishment 
of  a  competitive  organization  divorced  from  and  not  accountable  to  the  offices 
responsible  for  the  formulation  and  development  of  recommendations  on  foreign 
policy. 

4.   DISBUPTION   OF   THE   ORI    STAFF    (SC-185 — PP.    8-10,   PAR.    16-33) 

It  is  argued  that  the  integration  of  the  research  units  of  ORI  with  the  research 
staffs  of  the  Geographic  Offices  of  the  Department  will  wreck  a  going  concern 
with  five  years  of  "know-how"  in  the  intelligence  field.  This  overlooks  the  fact 
that  there  is  a  vast  difference  between  the  limited  purpose  research  objectives 
of  OSS  and  the  policy  intelligence  requirements  of  the  Department  of  State. 
Even  if  equal  competence  be  assumed,  an  independent  centralized  research  group 
as  contemplated  by  ORI  would  inevitably  duplicate  the  work  of  the  Geographic 
OflSces. 

During  the  war,  duplicating  organizations — particularly  in  the  intelligence 
field — were  justified  for  reasons  (sometimes  valid,  often  not)  of  expediency  or 
by  reason  of  emergency  considerations.  With  the  cessation  of  the  war,  a  con- 
tinuance of  this  practice  is  intolerable.  On  this  point,  the  Bureau  of  the 
Budget,  in  its  report "  to  the  President,  stated  at  p.  13  : 

"We  cannot,  hoiccvcr,  continue  a  complete  structure  superimposed  on  top  of 
the  normal  structure  of  Gorernmenl  hetjond  the  period  when  our  war  needs 
demand  it.  The  problem  is  how  to  capture  that  which  is  good  and  to  integrate 
it  into  the  normal  framework  of  the  Government.  Had  our  intelligence  base 
been  strong  when  war  came  upon  us,  COI  (OSS)  would  not  have  had  to  build 
independent  facilities.  However,  to  continue  such  facilities  in  the  future  will 
tend  to  perpetuate  the  very  weaknesses  that  must  be  corrected."  [Emphasis 
supplied.] 

The  limited  and  special  functions  of  a  central  research  staff  are  indicated 
as  follows  at  p.  13 : 

"*  *  *  Such  independent  central  staff'  as  may  be  required,  however,  can  be 
small,  since  it  could  rely  I'ery  largely  on  the  product  of  research  and  analysis 
in  the  departments  and  ivill  not  engage  in  large-scale  original  research  and 
analysis  itself.  Its  responsibilities  would  be  to  secure  and  harmonize  intelli- 
gence, to  reconcile  confiicting  intelligence,  and  as  envisioned  in  the  JIG  paper 


2  Intelligence  and  Security  Activities  of  the  Government,  September  20,  1945. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  869 

already  quoted  to  'mobilize  the  resources  of  all  agencies  iu  the  fulfillment  of  an 
urgent  intelligence  requirement.'  "     [Emphasis  supplied.] 

What  applies  to  a  central  research  staff  such  as  that  of  the  National  Intelli- 
gence authority  is  equally  applicable  to  the  Department  of  State. 

V.    CONCLUSION 

In  view  of  the  foregoing,  it  is  clear  that  the  research  intelligence  activities 
of  the  Department  (other  than  the  functions  enumerated  at  p.  5,  supra)  must  be 
organized  as  a  part  of,  and  must  be  responsible  to,  the  offices  vrhere  departmental 
policy  is  formulated  or  action  taken.  (See  Function  of  Foreign  Intelligence, 
pp.  4-5,  supra. ) 

The  organization  of  the  Office  of  Research  and  Intelligence  as  presently  con- 
stituted is  in  conflict  with  this  elementary  principle  of  departmental  organiza- 
tion. In  the  best  interests  of  the  Department.  ORI  should  he  reorganized,  its 
functions  redetined,  and  the  intelligence  operations  of  the  Department  should  be 
established  in  accordance  with  the  recommendations  submitted  below. 

VI.    RECOMMENDATIONS 

It  is  recommended  that : 

1.  The  functions  of  the  geographic  intelligence  divisions  of  the  Office  of  Re- 
search and  Intelligence  (ORI)  be  transferred  to  the  geographic  offices  of  the 
Department  and  that  ORI  be  renamed  as  the  Office  of  Intelligence  Coordination 
and  Liaison. 

2.  Subject  to  appropriate  policy  control  by,  and  the  instructions  of,  the  Stand- 
ing Committee  on  Intelligence  hereafter  proposed,  the  Office  of  Intelligence 
Coordination  and  Liaison,  in  collaboration  with  the  Office  of  Intelligence  Col- 
lection and  Dissemination,  should  perform  the  following  functions : 

(a)  Represent  all  interested  elements  of  the  Department  on  the  staff  of  the 
National  Intelligence  Authority. 

(ft)  In  cooperation  with  the  geographic  and  economic  offices,  prepare 
special  intelligence  estimates  for  the  Secretary  and  the  Under  Secretary, 
the  Assistant  Secretaries,  and  for  the  National  Intelligence  Authority. 

(c)  To  establish  and  maintain  standards  of  research  and  analysis 
throughout  the  Department. 

((/)  To  formulate,  in  consultation  with  geographic  and  economic  offices,  a 
Departmental  program  for  basic  research,  and  to  coordinate  and  stimulate 
its  execution. 

(e)  To  organize  and  supervise  cooperative  projects  in  research  cutting 
across  the  lines  of  the  geographic  and  economic  offices. 

(/)  To  maintain  a  central  clearing  house  of  information  regarding  re- 
search studies  prepared  or  planned  anywhere  in  the  Department. 

{{/)   To  maintain  liaison  with  other  agencies  of  the  Government,  and  with 
private  institutions,  for  the  purpose  of  utilizing  all  possible  research  re- 
sources to  meet  the  Department's  needs. 
(/( )   To  conduct  specialized  i-esearch  on  economic  or  other  technical  subjects, 

3.  The  Secretary  should  appoint  a  Standing  Committee  on  Intelligence  con- 
sisting of  the  two  Assistant  Secretaries  for  Political  Affairs,  the  Assistant 
Secretary  for  Administration  and  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  In- 
telligence to : 

(a)  Supervise  the  establishment  and  coordination  of  Departmental  in- 
telligence objectives  and  policies. 

(b)  Subject  to  the  direction  and  control  of  the  Secretary,  to  formulate 
and  supervise  the  implementation  of  Departmental  policy  with  respect  to  the 
National  Intelligence  Authority. 

(c)  To  approve  participation  by  the  Department  in  any  centralized 
operations  or  projects  which  the  Director  of  the  Authority  may  propose. 

4.  The  transfer  of  functions,  personnel  and  facilities  envisaged  in  recom- 
mendation (1)  above  should  be  executed  in  such  manner  as  to  leave  the  Special 
Assistant  with  adequate  resources  to  carry  out  his  mission  as  redefined  in  recom- 
mendation (2). 

5.  The  phasing  of  the  transfer  and  the  disposition  of  the  personnel,  functions 
and  resources  of  ORI  should  lie  left  to  the  determination  of  the  Assistant  Secre- 
tary for  Administration,  with  due  regard  to  the  recommendations  submitted  by 
the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence. 

6.  Each  geographic  office  shall  organize  and  maintain  a  Division  of  Research, 
set  up  with  geographic  sections  corresponding  to  the  other  divisions  of  the  office. 
The  establishment  of  such  offices  and  the  timing  thereof  shall  be  under  the  super- 
vision and  direction  of  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration. 


870  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

Department  of  State 
Departmental  Order  1356  Issued  11-7-45. 

Effective  11-5-45. 

CLEAKANCE  OF  ORGANIZATION  PROPOSALS 

Purpose :  The  purpose  of  this  Order  is  to  establish  the  procedure  for  consider- 
ation and  clearance  by  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration  of  all  pro- 
posed changes  in,  or  additions  to,  the  organization  of  the  Department  and  the 
Foreign  Service. 

1.  Scope  :  Any  and  all  proposals  with  respect  to 

(a)  The  realignment  of  existing  divisions  and  OflSces  of  the  Department 
and  the  Foreign  Service ;  or 

(b)  Changes  in  the  functions  of  such  Oflices  or  divisions  as  presently  con- 
stituted ;  or 

(c)  The  establishment  of  new  Offices  or  Divisions. 

shall  be  cleared  with  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration  before  presenta- 
tion to  the  Secretary  for  approval. 

2.  Time  for  consideration :  It  is  essential  that  the  Assistant  Secretary  for 
Administration  be  accorded  adequate  time  for  considered  evaluation  of  all  such 
proposals  and  their  administrative  and  budgetary  implications.  Accordingly, 
all  such  proposals  of  major  organization  or  budgetary  significance  shall  be 
submitted  to  him  on  ten  days'  notice ;  at  least  five  days'  notice  will  be  required 
with  respect  to  proposals  of  lesser  import. 

3.  Authority  to  waive :  The  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration  may  waive 
or  modify  the  foregoing  requirements  of  notice  whenever,  in  his  sound  discretion, 
such  action  appears  warranted  by  reason  of  special  circumstances. 

James  F.  Byrnes. 
November  5,  1945. 

The  White  House, 
Washington,  September  20,  19Jf5. 
The  honorable  the  Secretary  of  State. 

My  Dear  Mr.  Secretary:  I  have  today  signed  an  Executive  order  which  pro- 
vides for  the  transfer  to  the  State  Department  of  the  functions,  personnel  and 
other  resources  of  the  Research  and  Analysis  Branch  and  the  Presentation 
Branch  of  the  Office  of  Strategic  Services.  The  order  also  transfers  the  remain- 
ing activities  of  the  Office  of  Strategic  Services  to  the  War  Department  and 
abolishes  that  Office.     These  changes  become  effective  October  1,  1945. 

The  above  transfer  to  the  State  Department  will  provide  you  with  resources 
which  we  have  agreed  you  will  need  to  aid  in  the  develoiiment  of  our  foreign 
policy,  and  will  assure  that  pertinent  experience  accumulated  during  the  war 
will  be  preserved  and  used  in  meeting  the  problems  of  the  peace.  Those  read- 
justments and  reductions  which  are  required  in  order  to  gear  the  ti'ansferred 
activities  and  resources  into  State  Department  operations  should  be  made  as  soon 
as  practicable. 

I  particularly  desire  that  you  take  the  lead  in  developing  a  comprehensive  and 
coordinated  foreign  intelligence  program  for  all  Federal  agencies  concerned  with 
that  type  of  activity.  This  should  be  done  through  the  creation  of  an  inter- 
departmental group,  heading  up  under  the  State  Department,  which  should 
formulate  plans  for  my  approval.  This  procedure  will  permit  the  planning  of 
complete  coverage  in  the  foreign  intelligence  field  and  the  assigning  and  con- 
trolling of  operations  in  such  manner  that  the  needs  of  both  the  individual  agen- 
cies and  the  Government  as  a  whole  will  be  met  with  maximum  effectiveness. 
Sincerely  yours, 

Harry  Truman. 


Memorandum  for  Colonel  McCormack,  October  1,  1945 

At  a  time  when  we  were  communicating  with  the  Secretary  of  State  in  London 
regarding  the  establishment  of  an  intelligence  agency  within  the  State  Depart- 
ment, I  sent  him  a  message  from  which  the  following  is  an  excerpt: 

"The  special  Assistant  and  his  organization  would  be  responsible  for  the  col- 
lection, evaluation,  and  dissemination  of  all  information  regarding  foreign 
nations.  These  functions  are  now  spread  throughout  the  Department.  To 
unite  them  in  one  organization,  which  would  become  the  Department's  encyclo- 
pedia, would  free  the  operating  offices  of  the  intelligence  function  and  thus  re- 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  871 

lieve  them  of  a  very  considerable  burden.  Intelligence  would  furnish  the  data 
upon  which  the  operating  offices  would  determine  our  policy  and  our  actions. 
Sources  of  information  would  be  our  own  field  installations  and  those  of  other 
departments  as  well  as  all  Washington  agencies  and  other  domestic  sources. 
'Tnder  the  Special  Assistant  there  would  be  two  offices,  one  for  counter- 
intelligence and  one  for  intelligence.  The  former  would  be  constituted  by 
shifting  to  it  those  divisions  now  engaged  in  counterintelligence  work  but  scat- 
tered throughout  other  offices  of  the  Department.  Tliere  is  a  pressing  need  for 
the  consolidation  of  these  divisions,  along  with  their  personnel,  files,  and  equip- 
ment for  proper  exercise  of  the  counterintelligence  function.    *   *    * 

"*  *  *  The  Bureau  of  the  Budget  is  prei)aring  a  draft  of  an  executive  order 
which  would  transfer  to  the  State  Department  two  OSS  units,  the  Research 
and  Analysis  Branch  and  the  Presentation  Branch,  with  their  functions,  per- 
sonnel, property,  records,  and  funds.  I  prni);)se  th;it  you  authorize  me  to  con- 
cur in  this  executive  order.  If  it  is  signed,  we  should  immediately  place  the 
two  branches  in  an  interim  office,  under  our  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and 
Intelligence.     Before  the  first  of  the  year  we  should  absorb  into  our  permanent 

i  intelligence  structure  such  functions,  personnel,  property,  and  records  of  the 

i  two  branches  as  we  desire  to  retain.     The  remainder  would  pass  out  of  existence 
at  that  time." 

Since   the    Secretar.y    concurred    in    these   general   principles,    and   since   the 

j  President  has  signed  the  Executive  Order,  the  excerpts  which  I  have  quoted 

j  can  well  serve  as  the  general  basis  of  a  directive  for  you  as  Special  Assistant 

1  to  the  Secretary  for  Research  and  Intelligence. 

j       It  is  desired  that  you  take  the  following  steps  towards  the  creation  of  your 

'  intelligence  unit : 

1.  Participate  in  such  future  discussions  as  may  take  place  regarding  the 
disposition  of  those  parts  of  OSS  as  are  not  specifically  disposed  of  in  the 
Executive  Order,  but  which  may  be  disposed  of  administratively.  You  will 
represent  the  Department  of  State  in  these  discussions,  at  which  I  understand 
representatives  of  the  War  Department  and  OSS  will  also  be  present. 

2.  Estal)lish  a  board  consisting  of  My.  Lyon,  and  such  other  representatives 
of  the  Department   of   State   and   OSS   as   you    consider   appropriate,   for   the 

j  purpose  of  surveying  those  parts  of  OSS  which  have  been,  or  will  be,  transferred 
I  to  the  Department  of  State  for  the  purpose  of  advising  you  which  parts  of  OSS 
i  we  wish  to  retain  beyond  January  1  and  which  parts  we  wish  to  dissolve  at  that 
I  time. 

3.  Have  the  board  conduct  simultaneously  a  survey  of  those  organizations 
within  the  present  structure  of  the  Department  of  State  which  are  presently 
engaging  in  intelligence  activities,  for  the  purpose  of  advising  you  which  of 
these  organizations  should  be  transferred  to  your  own  intelligence  agency  between 
now  and  January  1. 

4.  Consolidate  the  units  within  OSS  which  we  wish  to  retain  and  the  units  of 
the  Department  of  State  now  participating  in  intelligence  activities  so  that,  by 
January  1.  all  intelligence  activities  within  the  Department  will  be  under  your 
own  control. 

I  attach  hereto  a  copy  of  a  memorandum  signed  by  the  President  on  Septem- 
ber 20,  1945.  It  directs  the  Secretary  of  State  to  "take  the  lead  in  developing 
a  comprehensive  and  coordinated  foreign  intelligence  program  for  all  Federal 
agencies  concerned  with  that  type  of  activity.  This  should  be  done  through 
the  creation  of  an  interdepartmental  group,  heading  up  under  the  State  Depart- 
ment, which  would  formulate  plans  for  my  approval.  This  procedure  will  permit 
the  planning  of  complete  coverage  of  the  foreign  intelligence  field  and  the 
assigning  and  controlling  of  operations  in  such  manner  that  the  needs  of  lioth 
the  individual  agencies  and  the  Government  as  a  whole  will  be  met  with  masiimum 
effectiveness." 

I  understand  that  this  memorandum  was  signed  by  the  President  before  he 
received  a  memorandum,  also  attached,  which  was  drafted  by  the  Joint  Chiefs 
of  Staff.  The  JCS  memorandum  differs  in  some  resi>ects  from  the  President's 
memorandum  to  the  Secretary  of  State.  In  addition,  it  is  a  more  detailed 
document. 

The  steps  which  I  have  directed  in  this  memorandum  will  have  the  effect 

I]  of  uniting  and  consolidating  the  intelligence  activities  of  this  Department.     As 

■;  regards  the  next  step — that  of  "developing  a  comprehensive  and  coordinated 

'  foreign  intelligence  pi'ogram  for  all  Federal  agencies  concerned  with  that  type 

of  activity" — please  make  a   careful   and  immediate  study  of  the  E'resident's 

'  j  memorandum  and  the  JCS  memorandum  and  advise  the  Secretary  of  State  as 

to  what  measures  he  should  take. 


872  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION   IN    GOVERNMENT 

I  am  directing  Mr.  Lyon  to  serve  temporarily  as  your  deputy  in  effecting  the 
matters  wbich  I  have  outlined.  He  will  also  help  you  get  established  in  the 
Department  and  deal  with  the  appropriate  offices  under  the  Assistant  Secretary 
for  Administration  in  securing  space,  funds,  et  cetera. 

Dean  Acheson. 

Mr.  Morris.  The  next,  Mr.  Panuch  ? 

Mr.  Pantjch.  The  next  is  a  document  No.  7,  of  April  24,  and  is 
a  State  Department  press  release,  which  is  an  interchange  of  letters  in 
connection  with  Colonel  McCormack's  resignation,  between  Under 
Secretary  Acheson  and  himself. 

The  Chairman.  It  may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  part  of 
the  record. 

(The  document  referred  to  was  marked  "Exhibit  No.  266"'  and 
follows :) 

Exhibit  No.  266 

Department  of  State 

No.  275,  April  24,  1946. 
The  Department  of  State  today  announced  the  resignation  of  Colonel  Alfred 
McCormack,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary  of  State  for  Research  and 
Intelligence.  Colonel  McCormack  tendered  his  resignation  on  April  23.  Acting 
Secretary  Acheson  accepted  Colonel  McCormack's  resignation  on  the  same  date. 
The  exchange  of  correspondence  is  as  follows : 

April  23,  1946. 
The  Honorable  Dean  Acheson, 

Acting  Scct-etarij  of  State. 

Dear  Mr.  Secretary  :  The  series  of  Departmental  Orders  issued  yesterday, 
relating  to  the  intelligence  organization  within  the  Department,  provide  for 
dismembering  the  Office  of  Research  and  Intelligence  and  transferring  its  func- 
tions to  a  group  of  separate  research  divisions  under  the  Political  Offices,  and 
they  contain  other  organizational  provisions  that  I  regard  as  unworkable  and 
unsound.  I  had  hoped  that  the  compromise  proposal  worked  out  by  Colonel 
Tyler  Wood,  which  appeared  to  meet  all  points  of  substance  raised  by  the  Political 
Offices,  would  be  found  acceptable,  and  I  was  therefore  disappointed  to  find  that 
the  orders  as  issued  conformed  almost  exactly  to  the  so-called  "Russell  Plan," 
proposed  by  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration  last  December. 

I  realize  how  difficult  it  has  been  for  the  Secretary  to  decide  an  issue  on  which 
the  Department  has  been  so  divided  in  opinion,  in  view  of  the  enormous  burden 
that  the  Secretary  has  been  carrying.  I  am  convinced,  however,  that  while  the 
plan  adopted  will  give  needed  reinforcements  to  the  Political  Offices,  and  in  that 
respect  will  be  beneficial,  it  will  make  impossible  the  establishment  of  a  real 
intelligence  unit  within  the  Department ;  that  it  will  weaken  the  Department, 
vis-a-vis  the  military  components  of  the  National  Intelligence  Authority,  who 
already  have  the  advantage  of  a  three  to  one  representation  in  the  Central 
Intelligence  Group,  as  compared  with  that  of  the  State  Department ;  and  that  it 
will  prevent  the  carrying  out  of  the  long-range  plans  for  postwar  intelligence 
which  you  and  I  had  in  mind  when  you  asked  me  to  come  into  the  Department. 

The  Department  must  go  before  the  Senate  Appropriations  Committee  within 
two  or  three  weeks  to  present  its  case  for  restoration  of  the  appropriations  cut 
made  by  the  House  of  Representatives,  affecting  the  intelligence  organization. 
Feeling  as  I  do  that  the  organization  as  now  to  be  set  up  is  unsound  and  not  in 
the  best  interests  of  the  Government,  I  cannot  conscientiously  present  the  case 
to  the  Senate,  and  I  believe  that  the  best  interests  of  the  Department  and  the 
Government  will  be  served  by  my  immediate  resignation. 

I  therefore  submit  my  resignation,  with  the  request  that  you  release  me  at 
once.  It  is  my  hope  that,  by  replacing  me  with  a  man  who  has  not  been  a  party  to 
the  internal  differences  of  the  past  six  months,  the  Department  may  contrive  in 
some  way  to  salvage  the  intelligence  organization  which  it  took  over  from  the 
Office  of  Strategic  Services.  In  spite  of  serious  losses  of  personnel  and  many  other 
difficulties  that  it  has  encoimtered  since  October  1,  1945,  it  is  still  an  effective 
intelligence  unit.  In  my  opinion,  because  of  demobilization  of  other  intelligence 
units  that  were  functioning  in  wartime,  it  is  the  best  remaining  asset  of  the 
Government  in  the  Foreign  intelligence  field. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  873 

I  am  grateful  to  you  for  the  efforts  that  you  have  made  to  work  out  an 
organizational  arrangement  that  would  meet  the  views  of  all  parties  concerned 
and  for  the  personal  support  and  good  advice  that  you  have  given  me  since  I  have 
been  in  the  Department. 
With  all  good  wishes, 
Sincerely  yours, 

Alfred  McCormack. 


April  23,  1946. 
The  Honorable  AI^fred  McCormack, 

Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence, 

Department  of  State. 
Dear  Colonel  McCormack  :  I  have  your  letter  of  April  23  in  which  you  tender 
your  resignation  as  Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary  for  Research  and  Intelli- 
gence. I  understand  and  respect  the  reasons  that  led  you  to  this  decision  ;  and 
much  as  I  regret  that  it  falls  to  me  to  receive  your  letter,  I  accept  your  resignation. 
I  know  that  the  Secretary  would  wish  me  to  express  on  his  behalf  his  apprecia- 
tion of  your  devoted  service  to  the  Department  over  these  past  months,  both  in 
organizing  within  the  Department  the  intelligence  work  and  in  representing  the 
Department  in  establishing,  in  accordance  with  the  President's  direction,  the 
Department's  participation  in  the  work  of  the  National  Intelligence  Authority. 

May  I  add  my  own  word.  I  know  with  what  reluctance  you  gave  up  last  fall 
your  intention  to  return  to  private  life  in  order  to  do  this  work  in  the  Department. 
I  know  the  untiring  energy  which  you  devoted  to  it.  I  know  the  effort  which 
you  have  put  into  surmounting  the  difficulties  which  were  inherent  in  the  task. 
All  of  us  who  have  worked  with  you  are  deeply  grateful.  When  you  joined  us, 
you  and  I  had  only  a  slight  acquaintance;  I  knew  you  chiefly  through  your  work. 
As  you  leave,  you  take  with  you  my  increased  admiration  for  that  and  a  deep 
personal  regard.  I  hope  that  the  future  holds  opportunities  for  us  to  work 
together  again  and  to  happier  outcomes. 
Sincerely  yours. 

Dean  Acheson. 

Mr.  Morris.  The  next  one,  Mr.  Panuch  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  The  next  one  is  the  plan  that  we  had  always  insisted 
on  as  the  only  proper  plan  of  intelligence  organization  for  the  State 
Department,  which  limited  the  functions  of  our  Central  Intelligence 
Agency  in  the  Department  to  positive  intelligence,  and  required  co- 
ordination and  integration  with  the  policy  desks  of  the  geographic 
offices. 

That  was  promulgated,  approved  by  the  Secretary,  adopted,  and 
issued  as  a  departmental  instruction  by  me  on  May  6,  1946. 

The  Chairman.  It  may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  part  of 
our  record. 

(The  document  referred  to  was  marked  "Exhibit  267"  and  follows :) 

Exhibit  No.  267 

Department  of  State, 
Assistant  Secretary,  AR-P, 

6  May  1945. 
Memorandum  for  Dr.  Langer. 

Subject :     Russell  Plan  of  Intelligence  Research  Organization. 

1.  The  Secretary  recently  signed  a  series  of  regulations  which  embody  the 
organization  principles  of  tiie  above. 

2.  Since  the  Russell  Plan  has  been  one  which  this  OfBce  has  urged  over  a  period 
of  the  past  six  months,  I  thought  the  accompanying  memorandum  outlining  its 
modus  operandi  as  envisaged  by  this  Oflice  might  prove  useful. 

J.  Anthony  Panuch, 
Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration. 


874  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION   IN    GOVERNMENT 

Depaktment  of  State  Publication  2554 :  The  Russell  Plan  for  the  Organiza- 
tion OF  Positive  Intelligence  Research  in  the  Department  of  State 

I.  basic  philosophy 

On  April  22,  1946,  the  Secretary  of  State  issued  a  series  of  regulations  activa- 
ting the  Russell  Plan  ^  for  the  organization  for  research  and  intelligence  in  the 
Department  of  State.^  In  principle,  the  plan  is  simple.  Organizationally,  it  is 
predicated  in  the  fact  that  the  Department  of  State  is  set  up  on  a  geographic 
basis. 

The  political  policy  finally  formulated,  hovpever,  with  respect  to  a  given  country 
or  area  must  include  considerations  of  an  economic,  military,  sociological,  and 
even  domestic  character.  Although  policy,  in  the  last  analysis,  must  be  accomp- 
lished on  a  geographic  basis  by  the  geographic  offices  as  line  or  operating  units, 
the  analysis  and  evaluation  of  nonpolitical  or  functional  components  of  foreign 
policy  are  correlated  through  the  offices  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Assistant 
Secretary  for  economic  affairs  and  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  public  affairs.^ 
In  performance  of  this  function,  these  two  offices  operate  as  staff  agencies. 

Intelligence  research  to  be  most  useful  must  be  integrated  into  this  general 
organization.  It  must  be  organized  so  as  to  serve  the  geographic  offices  in  a 
"staff"  capacity  but  at  the  same  time  serve  the  other  "staff"  echelons  of  the 
Department  under  the  Assistant  Secretaries  for  economic  affairs  and  public 
affairs. 

All  research  carried  on  must  fit  into  a  balanced  departmental  program  of 
positive  intelligence  that  is  related  to  authoritatively  determined  intelligence 
requirements  and  objectives. 

II.  organizational  objectives 

The  forthcoming  regulations  are  Intended  to  accomplish  certain  basic 
objectives : 

1.  To  estaltlish  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence  as  the  "staff 
arm"  of  the  Secretary  in  the  formulation  and  implementation  of  the  Department's 
internal  and  interdepartmental  programs  of  positive  foreign  intelligence. 

2.  To  establish  under  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence  an 
Advisory  Committee  on  Intelligence  which  will,  through  a  strong  subcommittee, 
formulate  a  departmental  program  of  intelligence  research  and  assign  project 
priorities. 

3.  To  build  up  within  each  geographic  office  a  Research  Division  which  will 
provide  strong  research  facilities  at  the  point  where  political  decisions  are  made 
or  action  is  taken. 

4.  To  build  up  as  an  office  under  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelli- 
gence a  strong  central  coordination  and  liaison  group  which  in  order  to  implement 
the  decisi(ms  of  the  subcommittee  will 

( a )  coordinate,  monitor,  and  review  all  departmental  research  studies  initiated 
anywliere  in  the  Department ; 

\b)  undertalvc  such  special  research  studies  as  may  be  required; 

(c)  be  responsible  for  can-ying  out  those  duties  assigned  to  it  by  the  Special 
Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence  with  relation  to  the  National  Intelligence 
Authority  *  and  any  other  Government  agency  concerned  with  the  field  of  positive 
intelligence. 

5.  To  establish  as  an  office  under  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelli- 
gence a  central  group  for  the  collection  and  dissemination  of  positive  intelligence 
data  and  materials. 

III,  ORGANIZATIONAL   PATTERN 

1.  The  Geographic  Offices 

Under  the  plan  a  Division  of  Research  is  attached  to  each  geographic  office. 
This  is  a  self-contained,  nonoperating  "staff"  unit  at  the  office  level,  under  its 
own  chief  who  reports  and  is  responsible  to  the  director  of  the  geographic  office. 
The  chief  of  the  Research  Division  is  responsible  to  the  office  director  for  the 
research  program  of  the  office  and  for  the  due  accomplishment  of  the  segment  of 


1  Program  planned  by  Donald  S.  Russell,  Assistant  Secretary  for  administration. 

2  Department  of  State  Bulletin  of  May  12,  1946,  p.  826. 

3  Exceptions  to  this  principle  of  organization  are  found  in  the  Office  of  Special  Political 
Affairs  and  Office  of  the  Assistant  Secretai-y  for  occupied  areas,  where,  because  of  the 
prospective  military  and  multilateral  relations  involved,  a  special  service  organization  is 
required. 

<  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  Feb.  3,  1946,  p.  174. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  875 

the  departmental  research  program  assigned  to  the  office  by  the  Advisory  Com- 
mittee on  Intelligence,  through  its  Subcommittee  on  Programs  and  Priorities. 
The  chief  of  the  Division  of  Research  should  be  the  representative  of  the  office 
director  on  the  Subcommittee  on  Programs  and  Priorities.  Though  the  chief 
of  the  Division  of  Research  reports  to  the  office  director,  he  and  his  staff  are 
expected  to  maintain  the  closest  technical  liaison  on  all  matters  of  research 
with  the  Office  of  Intelligence  Coordination  and  Liaison  and  other  research 
units  of  the  Department. 

The  purpose  of  establishing  strong  research  units  in  the  geographic  offices  is 
twofold :  to  provide  balanced  research  facilities  at  the  points  where  political 
policy  is  made  or  action  taken ;  and  to  make  the  intelligence  operation  sensitive 
to,  yet  independent  of,  the  policy  determining  political  divisions.  In  this  manner, 
the  office  director  is  provided  with  an  automatic  system  of  checks  and  balances 
as  between  his  "staff"  or  research  division  and  his  "line"  or  policy  divisions. 

2.  The  Advisory  Committee  on  Intelligence  (ACI) 

The  Russell  Plan  calls  for  the  establishment  of  an  Advisory  Committee  on 
Intelligence  composed  of  the  Assistant  Secretaries  for  political  affairs  and  the 
Assistant  Secretary  for  administration,  under  the  chairmanship  of  the  Special 
Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence.  It  is  expected  that  this  committee  will 
meet  only  to  consider  matters  of  broad  general  policy  in  the  field  of  positive 
intelligence.  It  will,  however,  have  a  working  subcommittee  with  representa- 
tion from  the  geographic  and  other  appropriate  offices  of  the  Department.  The 
job  of  the  working  subcommittee  will  be  to  formulate  a  balanced  departmental 
program  of  research  and  to  assign  such  priorities  as  will  assure  the  optimum 
utilizaticm  of  all  departmental  research  resources  so  that  departmental  and 
interdepartmental  intelligence  requirements  are  assessed  and  fulfilled  on  the 
basis  of  essentiality  and  relative  urgency. 

The  necessity  for  a  working  group  of  this  character,  which  must  be  staffed 
by  a  strong  secretariat,  is  illustrated  by  a  partial  listing  of  research  consumers 
whose  competing  requests  for  service  will  have  to  be  evaluated  and  phased : 
Geographic  Offices 
Economic  Offices 

Information  and  Cultural  Offices 
Special  Political  Affairs 
Occupied  Areas 

National  Intelligence  Authority 
Military  Intelligence  Agencies    (^Military  Intelligence  Service   (MIS),  Office  of 

Naval  Intelligence   (ONI),  Joint  Intelligence  Committee   (JIC),  etc.) 

To  accomplish  its  mission  effectively,  the  subcommittee  of  the  ACI,  that  is  the 
Subcommittee  on  Programs  and  I'riorities,  must  be  a  responsible  group,  repre- 
sentative of  the  Department  as  a  whole,  each  member  of  which  must  be  author- 
ized to  speak  for  and  bind  his  office.  Each  member  of  the  subcommittee  must  be 
acceptable  to  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence. 

3.  The  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  Intelligence 

The  Special  Assistant  is  the  principal  adviser  to  the  Secretary  with  respect  to 
all  matters  of  positive  intelligence.  The  ACI  and  its  subcommittee  are  his  con- 
sultative and  advisory  instruments  for  the  formulation,  planning,  and  phasing 
of  the  Department's  research-intelligence  program.  Although  the  Special  As- 
sistant exercises  direct  "line"  authority  only  over  his  own  staff  and  the  office.s 
immediately  under  his  jurisdiction  (OCL  and  OCD),  he  has  effective  teclinical 
supervision  over  the  Department's  research  program  through  the  programming 
and  priorities  functions  of  ACI. 

Jf.  Office  of  Intelligence  Coordination  and  Liaison  (OCL) 

The  mission  of  OCL  is  vital  to  the  success  of  the  Russell  Plan,  It  is  expected, 
inter  alia — 

(o)   to  provide  a  permanent  secretariat  for  the  ACI  and  its  subcommittee; 

(h)  to  function,  at  the  technical  level,  as  the  instrument  for  coordinating  and 
correlating  intelligence  research  in  accordance  with  the  programs  formulated 
by  the  ACI  and  its  subcommittee,  for  example,  by  administering  research  priori- 
ties assigned  in  such  programs  and  by  applying  in  editorial  review  the  research 
standard  formulated  by  the  ACI  and  its  subcommittee; 

(c)  to  operate  as  the  center  for  distribution  of  research  papers  produced  in 
the  Research  Divisions,  so  as  to  secure  the  maximum  utilization  compatil)le  with 
security ; 


876  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

(d)  to  conduct  specialized  research  on  technical  matters  not  within  the  cog- 
nizance of  other  research  units ;  to  organize  and  supervise  cooperatives  research 
projects  cutting  across  geographic  and  economic  lines ;  to  undertake  such  special 
studies  as  may  be  required  of  it  by  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  In- 
telligence ; 

(e)  to  participate,  as  directed  by  the  Special  Assistant  for  Research  and  In- 
telligence, in  the  Department's  relations  with  the  Central  Intelligence  Group  of 
the  National  Intelligence  Authority  (NIA)  and  other  Government  agencies  in 
the  field  of  positive  intelligence. 

As  the  liaison  group  of  the  Department  with  the  Central  Intelligence  Group 
of  the  NIA  and  as  the  secretariat  of  ACI  and  its  subcommittee,  OCL.  is  in  a  key 
position  to  coordinate  the  excution  of  the  research  program  in  its  departmental 
and  interdepartmental  aspects.  Because  of  this  organizational  vantage  point,  it 
is  in  a  position  to  provide  ACI  and  its  subcommittee  with  informed  recommenda-^ 
tions  to  guide  its  formulation  of  the  research  program  or  the  assignment  of 
priorities.  It  will  be  in  a  unique  position  to  provide  invaluable  assistance  to 
other  research  imits  of  the  Department  with  respect  to  the  initiation,  feasibility, 
or  status  of  research  projects. 

5.  Office  of  Intelligence  Collection  and  Dissemination  (OCD) 

The  functions  of  OCD  are — 

(o)  to  procure  for  the  Department  intelligence  materials  through  various 
channels ; 

( 6 )  to  maintain  files  of  intelligence  materials  for  reference  use  by  all  oflBees 
of  the  Department ; 

(c)  to  collect  factual  information  and  opinions  on  important  individuals  in 
foreign  countries  whose  activities  or  views  are  important  in  determining  and 
implementing  foreign  policy  and  to  maintain  tiles  of  such  material  for  use  by 
all  offices  of  the  Department ; 

(d)  to  acquire  and  allocate  to  various  governmental  agencies  foreign  publica- 
tions received  through  tlie  Foreign  Service  establishment; 

(e)  to  prepare  visual  materials  such  as  charts,  freehand  illustrations,  and 
mechanical  drawings  for  all  offices  of  the  Department. 

IV.   THE   PLAN    IN    OPKRATION 

As  soon  as  the  ACI  or  its  Subcommittee  on  Programs  and  Priorities  establishes 
a  basic  research  program  for  the  Department  and  makes  assignments  thereunder, 
the  intelligence  operation  will  be  on  a  current  basis  and  every  research  project 
can  be  evaluable  with  respect  to  its  importance  and  relative  urgency. 

1.  Clearance  of  projects 

All  projects  to  be  undertaken  by  the  Research  Divisions,  by  OCL,  or  by  other 
units  of  the  Department  except  the  Division  of  Research  and  Publications  must 
be  cleared  through  the  program  and  priority  mechanism.  Several  channels  will 
be  available,  depending  upon  the  origin  of  the  project  proposal.  In  the  case  of 
the  geographic  oflices  the  office  director  will  send  to  the  project  unit  of  OCL  any 
project  proposal  approved  by  him,  or  if  he  so  authorizes,  by  his  Research  Division 
chief.  If  the  project  falls  within  the  framework  of  tlie  overall  departmental 
program,  this  unit  may  immediately  agree  to  the  propriety  and  feasibility  of  the 
proposal  and  give  clearance ;  in  case  of  doubt  the  unit  would  consult  with  the 
director  or  his  chief  of  research.  If  no  agreement  can  be  reached,  the  OCL 
project  unit  will  present  the  case  at  the  next  session  of  tlie  Subcommittee  on 
Programs  and  Priorities  (on  which  the  initiating  office  would  be  represented) 
for  decision. 

Other  offices  of  the  Department  such  as  A-B,  A-C,  and  SPA^  will  submit 
projects  to  the  project  unit  of  OCL  directly  or  through  the  channel  of  the  geo- 
graphic offices  when  prior  conversations  with  them  make  it  appropriate.  These 
offices  will  be  represented  on  the  Subcommittee  on  Programs  and  Priorities,  will 
have  access  to  the  project  unit  of  OCL  directly,  and  will  have  access  to  the 
research  facilities  of  the  geographic  Research  Divisions,  OCL,  and  OCD  in  accord- 
ance with  the  general  program  and  priorities  established  by  ACI  or  the  Sub- 
committee on  Programs  and  Priorities. 

If  requestors  from  outside  the  Department  desire  the  Department  to  under- 
take research  on  their  behalf,  they  will  send  proposals  to  OCL  through  estab- 
lished liaison  channels.    The  project  unit  of  OCL  will  then  submit  the  proposal 


^  Office  of  the  Assistant  Secret.nry  of  State.  Mr.  Benton  ;  Office  of  the  Assistant  Secretary 
of  State,  Mr.  Clayton  ;  Office  of  Special  Political  Affairs. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  877 

before  clearance  to  the  appropriate  office  of  the  Department  for  an  opinion  as  to 
feasibility  in  relation  to  work  load  and  to  the  office  program. 

2.  Mohilizntion  of  resources 

A  useful  feature  of  the  clearing  process  is  that  the  ACI  and  OCL,  being  familiar 
with  all  resources  of  the  research  staffs,  will  be  able  to  arrange  joint  action  of 
various  research  units  upon  appropriate  projects,  thus  in  effect  adding  to  the 
resources  at  the  service  of  any  one  office.  When  necessary  they  can  negotiate 
with  office  directors  for  the  formation  of  interoffice  research  teams  for  temporary 
action  on  specific  projects.  The  Department  in  this  way  will  make  the  most  effec- 
tive use  of  expert  personnel  no  matter  where  the  individuals  may  be  located. 

3.  Project  Lists 

Further  advantages  flow  from  this  centralized  clearing  procedure.  It  will  be 
possible  for  the  OCL  to  issue  a  list  of  projects  actually  under  way  and  thus  at 
once  inform  all  parts  of  the  Department  aljout  forthcoming  work,  always  recog- 
nizing that  producing  units  may  for  security  reasons  wish  to  limit  such  advertis- 
ing of  certain  projects.  Thereby  the  attention  of  various  offices  will  be  called  to 
studies  which  may  l)e  of  use  to  them,  and  duplication  will  be  largely  eliminated. 
While  scanning  a  project,  the  staff  can  also  prepare  a  proposed  distribi;tion  list 
for  the  anticipated  report  which,  if  agreed  to  by  the  producing  office,  will  facilitate 
rapid  dissemination  of  the  report  when  it  is  finished.  The  balance  of  maximum 
utilization  with  security  considerations  will  be  further  guaranteed  by  locating  in 
OCL  the  center  for  physical  distribution  of  research  studies. 

4.  Stfnidards 

Another  concern  of  ACI,  for  the  benefit  both  of  the  Department  and  its  "cus- 
tomers," is  to  maintain  the  quality  and  standardize  the  form  of  intelligence- 
research  reports.  For  this  purpose.  ACI  or  its  Subcommittee  on  Programs  and 
Priorities  will  establish  standards  and  expect  OCL  to  examine  all  finished  drafts 
before  they  are  reproduced,  to  insure  adherence  to  those  standards.  Only  such 
editorial  review  can  assure  the  continuous  application  of  sound  scholarship  and 
critical  method  throughout  the  intelligence  organization.  Actual  procedures 
would  parallel  closely  those  of  preliminary  project  clearance,  with  the  same 
mechanism  for  reference  to  office  directors  or  to  the  ACI  in  cases  of  disagreement. 

In  this  fashion  the  ACI  and  OCL  staff,  in  collaboration  with  the  office  directors 
and  their  Divisions  of  Research,  will  formulate  a  coordinated  program  of  intelli- 
gence research.  It  will  accomplish  that  program  through  the  mechanism  of 
priorities ;  it  will  facilitate  production  by  organizing  task  groups  where  neces- 
sary ;  It  will  maintain  quality  in  the  product  by  fixing  standards  and  exercising 
editorial  review  ;  it  will  assist  in  making  the  product  effective  by  furnishing  regu- 
lar project  reports  and  by  proposing  and  effecting  dissemination  of  studies. 

V.    ACTIVATING  THE  PLAN 

It  is  essential  that  the  plan  be  put  into  effect  promptly.  Subject  to  availability 
of  funds  for  the  fiscal  year  of  1947  this  appears  readily  feasible  with  the  exception 
of  the  transfer  of  the  geographic  divisions  of  the  old  Office  of  Research  and 
Intelligence  (ORI)  to  the  appropriate  geographic  offices  of  the  Department.  The 
controlling  factors  here  are  availability  of  space  and  the  necessity  of  pre.serving 
these  research  groups  as  functioning  units  until  the  geographic  offices  are  in  a 
position  to  accomplish  organizational  integration  as  called  for  by  the  plan. 

To  provide  flexil)ility  during  the  transitional  period,  the  phasing  of  the  transfer 
is  to  be  determined  by  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  administration  in  the  best 
interests  of  the  Department  of  State  as  a  whole. 

Procedure  on  Typical  Projects 

1.  Project  Initiated  in  a  Geographic  or  Research  Division  (e.  g.,  The  Gouin 
Cabinet — sample  of  a  fairly  routine  project)  : 

A.    PROJECT    INITIATION 

(1)  Project  outlined  by  appropriate  operating  division  chief. 

(2)  Project  discussed  with  chief  of  Research  Division  and  cleared  by  office 
director,  with  tentative  distrilnition  list. 

(3)  Project  cleared  by  OCL  coordination  staff,  which  recommends  and  ar- 
ranges with  the  office  for  its  collaboration  with  Biographical  Intelligence  Divi- 
sion of  OCD. 

(4)  Distribution  list  discus.sed  if  necessary  between  OCL  and  office. 


878  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION   IN    GOVERNMENT 

B.    FINISHED    TEXT 

(1)  Report  cleared  for  substance  by  Research  Division  chief  and  office  director. 

(2)  Report  cleared  editorially  by  OCL,  sent  by  OCL  for  reproduction,  and 
distributed  in  accordance  with  agreed  list. 

(3)  Requests  for  the  report  received  after  original  distribution  to  be  handled 
by  OCL  in  consultation  with  oflSce. 

2.  Regional  Project  Requested  by  a  Division  of  A-B  or  A-C  (e.  g.,  The  1948-49 
Unemployment  Level  in  Germany)  : 

A.    PROJECT    INITIATION 

(1)  Prior  discussion  will  normally  have  taken  place  between  A-C  and  DRE 
representatives  on  the  working  level. 

(2)  Request  goes  to  OCL  through  A-C  representative  on  subcommittee  or 
through  EUR/DRE. 

(3)  OCL  approves  or  disapproves  after  consultation  with  EUR/DRE  and  the 
A-C  representative. 

(4)  Distribution  list  agreed  by  EUR/DRE,  A-C,  and  OCL. 

B.    FINISHED  TEXT 

(1)  Rei)ort  cleared  for  substance  by  DRE  and  EUR. 

(2)  Report  cleared  editorially  by  OCL,  which  arranges  reproduction  and  dis- 
tribution. 

3.  An  Inter-Regional  Project  requested  by  A-B,  A-C,  JIC,  NIA,  or  other  au- 
thorized agency  (e.  g.,  AVorld  Opinion  on  the  U.  S. ;  Reactions  to  British  Loan 
in  China,  France,  U.  S.  S.  R.)  : 

A.    PROJECT  INITIATION 

(1)  Request  goes  to  OCL. 

(2)  OCL,  if  it  approves  and  is  assured  of  the  participation  of  other  interested 
oflSces,  ari-anges  for  a  project  coordinator  fr  nn  one  of  the  offices  or  its  own 
stafe. 

(3)  Project  coordinator  arranges  for  cooperation  of  division  analysts  through 
appropriate  directors  and  division  chiefs,  constructs  distribution  list. 

B.  FINISHED  TEXT 

(1)  Report  approved  by  appropriate  division  and  office  chiefs  and  by  OCL; 
reproducti(m  and  distribution  arranged  by  OCL. 

Note. — Projects  1  and  2  would  I)e  done  entirely  in  geographic  Research  Divi- 
sions, except  for  collaboration  of  BI  on  1. 

Project  3  might  be  done  entirely  within  OCL,  but  more  likely  a  large  contribu- 
tion of  services  would  be  needed  from  personnel  working  within  their  geographic 
Research  Divisions. 

Mr.  Morris.  Describe  the  next  exhibit,  Mr.  Paniich.  All  these  re- 
late to  this  particular  conflict  that  took  place  with  respect  to  intelli- 
gence reorganization? 

Mr.  Panucii.  Yes,  sir.  Exhibit  9  is  a  letter  to  me  from  Mr.  Fred- 
erick Lyon. 

Mr.  Frederick  Lj^on  was  then  in  charge  of  our  security  intelligence, 
and  he  had  had  great  concern  over  this  McCormack  plan,  and  natu- 
rally, we  sent  our  plan  out  to  him  for  comment,  and  this  is  his 
comment. 

It  is  a  concurrence. 

Mr.  Morris.  And  the  next,  Mr.  Panuch  ? 

Mr.  Panucii.  The  next  is  my  reply  to  Mr.  Lyon,  reassuring  him 
that  now  we  hoped  that  we  had  the  intelligence  fight  over  and  that 
matters  would  be  on  a  sound  basis. 

The  Chairman.  Those  may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  part 
of  the  record. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  879 

(The  documents  referred  to  were  marked  "Exhibits  Nos.  268  and 
269.") 

Exhibit  No.  268 

May  10,  1946. 
To :  A-R/P,  Mr.  Panuch. 
From :  CON,  Mr.  F.  B.  Lyon. 
Subject :  Russell  Plan  of  Intelligence  Research  Organization. 

Joe  :  I  find  your  memorandum  of  INIay  6  to  Dr.  Langer  and  its  attachment 
outlining  the  modus  operandi  of  the  Russell  plan  very  much  to  the  point. 

Of  interest  to  CON,  and  in  particular  FC,  is  the  fact  that  positive  intelligence 
is  completely  divorced  from  the  counter  or  security  intelligence.  This  is,  indeed, 
as  it  should  be. 

There  is  one  item  that  might  possibly  raise  some  question,  but  I  may  even 
1)0  misinterpreting  when  I  comment.  I  refer  to  the  last  paragraph  on  page  5 
and,  in  particular,  to  the  word  "exclusive"  as  relates  to  the  liaison  group  of 
the  Department  with  the  C.  I.  G. 

During  a  meeting  last  week  with  Bill  Langer,  it  was  agreed  that  I  should 
maintain  the  liaison  on  all  "security  intelligence"  activities  with  the  C.  I.  G.  I 
do  not  believe  that  this  will  conflict  in  any  way  with  the  liaison  activities 
of  OCL. 

In  think  tliat  the  Memorandum  of  Organization  is  clear  and  it  shows  that 
a  lot  of  thought  has  been  given  to  its  preparation. 


Exhibit  No.  269 

A-R/P 

May  14,  1946. 
Memorandum  for  Mr.  Lyon. 

Subject :  Russell  Plan  of  Intelligence  Research  Organization. 

1.  I  have  your  comments  on  the  above.  Under  the  plan,  the  Special  Assistant 
for  Research  and  Intelligence  and  the  olhces  under  his  jurisdiction  are  limited  to 
positive  intelligence. 

2.  All  aspects  of  security  intelligence  remain  as  previously  under  the  exclusive 
jurisdiction  of  A-R.  This  includes,  of  course,  the  requisite  security  intelligence 
liaison  with  NIA  and  all  other  Federal  agencies  concerned.  The  liaison  of  the 
Special  Assistant  applies  to  positive  intelligence  matters  only. 

3.  I  realize,  of  course,  that  even  with  a  clearly  understood  division  of  func- 
tions, possibilities  of  overlapping  between  the  two  intelligence  operations  remain. 
These  may  be  expected  to  occur  most  frequently  in  the  field  of  collection  and 
dissemination  of  information  and  in  the  several  levels  and  spheres  of  inter- 
departmental liaison.  On  the  basis  of  my  past  experience,  I  am  entirely  clear 
that  this  "peripheral  overlap"  can  never  be  wholly  eliminated  but  must  be 
controlled  throiigh  informal  working  agreements  at  all  levels. 

4.  I  made  the  foregoing  very  clear  to  Dr.  Langer  when  Dr.  Kent  and  Dr.  Fahs 
first  proposed  that  all  intelligence  materials  should  flow  through  OCD.  I  had  a 
further  talk  on  the  matter  with  him  yesterday.  I  am  sure  he  fully  understands 
what  is  expected  of  his  organization  in  this  sort  of  "team  play."  So  far  as  you 
are  concerned,  you  should  exercise  great  care  that  your  liaison  arrangements 
do  not  block  the  flow  of  positive  intelligence  material  through  OCD.  I  assume 
you  have  made  mutually  satisfactory  arrangements  with  Colonel  Fearing  in 
this  regard. 

J.  Anthony  Panuch, 
Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration. 

Mr.  Morris.  And  the  next  one,  No.  11  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  This  is  the  implementation  and  structure  so  far  as 
the  organization  and  the  setup  of  the  pLan,  to  one  of  my  assistants, 
Mr.  Lunning. 

The  Chairman.  It  may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  f>art  of  our 
record. 

(The  document  referred  to  was  marked  "Exhibit  No.  270"  and 
follows:) 

32918°— 53— lit.    13 6 


880  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 


Exhibit  No.  270 
AR-P 


May  20, 1946. 


Memorandum  for  Mr.  Lunning. 

Subject :  Work  Plan  for  Implementing  the  Intelligence  Organization. 

1.  I  have  read  the  paper  entitled  "Work  Plan  for  Implementing  the  Intelli- 
gence Organization"  which  was  submitted  to  me  this  morning.  It  is  a  careful 
paper  and,  if  systematically  executed,  should  go  a  long  way  to  start  off  the 
intelligence  operation  on  a  sound  basis. 

2.  Mr.  Russell  is  confident  about  the  money  and  I  believe  I  have  paved  the 
way  for  Langer  with  all  of  the  Geographic  Divisions  so  that  his  "political" 
problems  are  relatively  minor.  He  seems  to  have  inherited  very  little  of  the  ill 
will  which  McCormack  built  up  over  a  period  of  7  months. 

3.  What  worries  me  is  the  utter  failure  on  the  part  of  Langer  and  people  like 
Kent  and  Fahs,  to  grasp  what  is  involved  in  the  business  of  setting  up  an  organ- 
ization and  a  fortiori  the  difficulties  involved  in  integrating  one  organization, 
i.  e.,  R.  &  A.  into  the  structure  of  the  State  Department.  This  is  a  detailed  job  in 
which  everybody  must  participate.  A  plan  must  be  worked  out  (which  you 
have  done),  it  must  be  thoroughly  understood  by  all  of  the  people  concerned; 
resiJonsibilities  must  be  assigned  to  individuals  for  performance  of  clearly 
specified  tasks  ;  and  finally,  deadlines  must  be  fixed. 

4.  It  is  all  very  well  for  MN,  yourself,  and  even  myself,  to  do  a  lot  of  the  basic 
organizational  planning  and  blue-printing  for  these  people,  but  it  will  be  no  good 
if  they  don't  take  hold  and  carry  on  where  we  leave  off. 

5.  Somehow,  you  must  bring  home  to  Langer  and  right  down  through  his  two 
ofiices,  that  organization  is  the  thing  to  be  sweating  about  now.  If  they  do  not 
force  themselves  into  a  state  of  mind  where  they  are  willing  to  accept  integration 
with  the  State  Department,  the  intelligence  set-up  will  not  work  and  the  whole 
program  will  be  hopelessly  prejudiced.  If  they  cannot  understand  the  relatively 
simple  problems  of  meshing  the  research  work  with  the  policy  work  of  the  De- 
partment, how  will  they  ever  deploy  to  do  an  effective  job  with  C.  I.  G.? 

G.  As  you  know,  I  have  done  my  utmost  to  be  of  help.  So  far  the  results  of 
my  efforts  in  terms  of  penetrating  their  thinking  have  been  extremely  meager. 
Apparently  I  cannot  convince  Langer  that  he  has  a  person  (Huddleson)  who  is 
apparently  available  and  thoroughly  qualified  as  a  corporate  lawyer  to  do  the 
organizational  blue-printing  which  his  other  people  are  unable  to  do.  Huddle- 
son  did  an  excellent  job  in  meshing  the  complicated  organizational  relationships 
between  G-2  and  Arlington  Hall.     This  work  would  be  a  cinch  for  him. 

7.  I  am  disturbed  by  the  situation  and  vuiless  a  radical  improvement  appears 
this  week  in  the  way  Langer  takes  hold  of  the  organizational  problem,  we  shall 
have  to  move  in  with  a  task  group  to  do  the  job  which  they  should  have  well 
under  way  by  now.  Accordingly,  please  address  yourself  to  this  problem  and 
keep  me  posted.  If  no  improvement  is  apparent  let  me  know  immediately  and  I 
shall  take  it  up  with  Mr.  Russell  and  the  Secretary. 

J.  Anthony  Panuch, 
Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration. 

Mr.  Morris.  Now,  Mr.  Chairman,  these  documents  that  Mr.  Panuch 
has  offered  for  the  record  tell  the  whole  story  of  this  dispute  on  this 
intelligence  reorganization  plan. 

In  documentary  fashion  they  describe  that  story. 

They  are  all  official  documents,  are  they  not,  Mr.  Panuch? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes. 

Mr.  Morris.  I  wonder  if  you  would  synthesize  for  the  committee 
this  struggle  as  it  took  place,  and  as  it  is  related  fully  in  the  documents 
that  we  have  just  put  into  the  record. 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  the  people  coming  in  from  the  Office  of  Stra- 
tegic Services  were  of  a  research  character.  They  were  university 
and  academic  people  and  they  took  the  position  that  our  policy  would 
have  to  be  made  on  a  better  basis  than  just  making  it  off  the  cuff  or, 
as  the  term  used  to  be,  "on  the  cables" ;  that  you  had  to  have  the  im- 
pact on  our  policy  of  people  who  had  time  to  sit  back  and  think  and 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  881 

look  over  the  entire  situation  and  adjust  our  national  interests  to 
overall  international  requirements;  and  that  we  should,  through  this 
unit,  build  up  forward-i)lannino;  operations. 

Senator  Welker.  Did  tlie  ultimate  efi'ectuation  of  this  plan  change 
the  standard  of  determining  loyalty? 

Mr.  Panucii.  No,  sir;  this  plan  didn't  have  anything  to  do  with 
loyalty.    That  was  a  separate  problem,  security  and  loyalty. 

Senator  Weeker.  What  was  the  standard  before  this  plan  was 
ultimately  adopted? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  as  you  know,  Senator,  there  was  a  wartime 
regulation,  a  civil-service  regulation,  which  required  that  any  per- 
sonnel of  doubtful  loyalty  should  not  be  permitted  to  enter  the  Fed- 
eral service,  and  that  they  should  not  be  retained  in  the  Federal  service. 

Now,  this  was  never  really  administered  in  any  of  the  departments 
during  the  war  outside  of  the  State  Department,  which  had  a  fairly 
good  security  arrangement  of  its  own.  Now,  the  result  of  this  merger, 
so  far  as  loyalty  and  security  is  concerned,  was  this:  We  had  thrown 
into  the  Department  an  enormous  amount  of  unscreened  personnel, 
and  our  facilities  in  the  Department  were  simply  not  adequate  to 
handle  thousands  of  people  on  field  investigations,  and,  of  course, 
you  couldn't  at  that  time  request  the  FBI  to  do  it  unless  you  provided 
appropriational  support  for  your  request. 

Now,  on  loyalty  we  had  tremendous  pressure  by  Congress  to  do 
something  about  cleaning  out  the  Department  in  1945  and  1946.  I 
am  now  referring  to  the  79th  Democratic  Congress. 

The  Civil  Service  Committee  of  the  House,  before  whom  I  testified 
at  length,  went  into  this  matter  and  came  up  with  an  insistence  that 
particularly  in  the  State  Department,  procedures  be  installed  whereby 
people  of  doubtful  loyalty  could  not  be  retained  and  could  not  enter 
a  sensitive  agency  like  the  State  Department. 

In  1946,  in  July,  we  set  up  in  the  Department  a  mechanism  for 
screening  the  people  who  had  come  in,  and  all  of  the  personnel,  on  a 
security  basis.  There  was  a  great  deal  of  dispute  because  the  usual 
issues  came  up  that  we  were  violating  civil  liberties  and  exercising 
thought  control  and  promoting  orthodoxy  of  thinking. 

The  Chairman.  We  have  heard  all  that,  too,  Mr.  Panuch. 

Mr.  Panuch.  It  was  current  then,  too. 

I  decided  that  we  would  set  up  this  program  and  make  sure  that  it 
was  supported  by  the  best  legal  opinion.  We  asked  Secretary  Byrnes 
as  a  former  distinguished  Member  of  the  Senate  and  the  House 
and  a  former  member  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  pass  upon  it,  which 
he  did,  and  approved  it,  and  we  installed  it.  But  the  conflict  about 
it  still  continued  and  in  order  to  really  settle  it,  I  decided  that  the  first 
chance  we  had  to  make  a  test  case,  that  we  would  take  it,  and  we 
would  submit  it  to  the  courts,  and  we  would  end  this  guardhouse- 
lawyer  dispute  in  the  Department  as  to  whether  it  was  constitutional 
or  not. 

That  opportunity  offered  itself  in  the  case  of  Carl  Marzani. 

Marzani  came  to  us  in  the  Department  as  head  of  the  Presentation 
Unit  of  OSS.  Marzani  had  worked  very  closely  with  me  on  visual 
presentations  to  the  Congress,  and  on  reorganization  of  the  Depart- 
ment. 


882  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

I  believe  in  March  of  1946,  our  security  people  came  up  with  the 
report  on  him,  that  he  had  been  a  Communist  in  1940.  Marzani  was 
a  veteran  and  he  had  rights  of  employment,  and  it  was  a  difficult 
matter  to  fire  him  unless  you  had  the  proof  on  this  thing,  and  proof 
would  involve  going  through  a  legal  proceeding,  and  all  that  sort  of 
stuff,  and  so  we  decided  that  we  would  ask  him  to  resign. 

Well,  I  asked  Colonel  Fearing,  who  was  his  superior,  to  invite  him  to 
resign,  and  Marzani  said  he  wouldn't  resign  ancl  took  an  appeal  to  me. 

So  I  conferred  with  him  and  he  asked  me  what  the  charges  were  and 
I  told  him  what  the  charges  were. 

Incidentally,  I  wrote  an  article  on  this  for  the  record,  and  it  is  all 
there  and  it  is  probably  better  than  my  recollection. 

Mr,  Morris.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  think  the  preceding  witness  to  Mr. 
Panuch  was  Mr.  Marzani,  and,  during  the  course  of  the  interrogation  of 
Mr.  Marzani  as  a  witness,  reference  was  made  to  an  article  written  by 
Mr.  Panuch  entitled  "The  Marzani  Case,  the  Inside  Story  of  the  Mar- 
zani Case"  which  Mr.  Panuch  had  written  for  Plain  Talk  in  October 
1947.  The  article  is  not  long,  and  I  suggest  that  the  whole  thing  be 
offered  for  the  record. 

The  Chairman.  It  may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  part  of  the 
record. 

(The  document  referred  to  was  marked  "Exhibit  No.  271"  and 
follows :) 

Exhibit  No.  271 

[From  Plain  Talk,  October-March  1947-48] 

The  Inside  Story  of  the  Marzani  Case 

By  Anthony  Panuch,  former  Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  of  State 

The  case  of  Carl  Aldo  Marzani,  who  went  from  General  Donovan's  wartime 
Office  of  Strategic  Services  (OSS)  into  a  highly  confidential  bureau  of  the  State 
Department,  makes  an  exciting  true  detective  story.  As  unfolded  here  for  the 
first  time,  the  Marzani  case  dramatizes  a  crucial  issue  before  the  American 
people.  Is  suspicion  of  disloyalty  on  the  part  of  a  Federal  employee  sufficient 
ground  for  his  dismissal?  Does  the  burden  of  proof  rest  on  the  suspect  who 
should  establish  his  innocence  or  on  the  Federal  Government  which  should 
establish  his  guilt?  Is  it  a  privilege  or  is  it  an  inalienable  right  to  be  a  civil 
servant?  These  are  some  of  the  aspects  of  the  problem  of  dealing  with  sub- 
versive elements  in  the  Government.  Although  convicted,  Marzani  is  at  this 
writing  out  on  $5,000  bail  pending  an  appeal  to  the  higher  courts. 

The  inside  story  of  the  Marzani  case  can  now  be  told.  It  provides  a  revealing 
insight  into  the  problems  confronting  Government  administrators  in  coping  with 
the  menace  of  Communist  infiltration,  without  wholesale  violations  of  civil 
liberties  and  rudimentary  standards  of  American  decency  and  fair  play. 

The  story  begins  in  October  of  1945  when  Secretary  of  State  James  F.  Byrnes 
appointed  me  Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for  Administration  and  at 
the  same  time  designated  me  as  coordinator  of  the  merger  with  the  Department 
of  State  of  such  war  agencies  as  the  Office  of  War  Information  (OWI),  Foreign 
Economic  Administration  (FEA),  and  several  others.  This  vast  merger,  involv- 
ing close  to  25,000  Federal  employees,  also  funds  and  properties  of  these  war 
agencies,  had  to  be  accomplished  in  less  than  90  days — by  January  1,  1946. 

It  was  a  homeric  task.  One  of  the  principal  jobs  was  the  "screening"  of  the 
war  agency  personnel  thus  transferred  to  the  Department  of  State,  in  order  to 
determine  their  suitability  for  employment  in  the  highly  confidential  work  of 
the  Department.  For  this  purpose  the  Department  maintained  a  corps  of 
trained  investigators,  under  the  experienced  direction  of  Chief  Special  Agent 
Thomas  F.  Fitch. 

Moreover,  when  Secretary  Byrnes  took  office  he  found  himself  plagued  with 
organizational  difficulties  in  the  investigative  setup  of  the  Department,  inher- 
ited from  the  preceding  regime.  One  of  these  was  a  jurisdictional  conflict  be- 
tween the  office  of  Chief  Special  Agent  Fitch  and  a  newly  established  three-man 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  883 

security  office  iinder  tbe  energetic  Bob  Bannerman.  The  confusion  resulting 
from  tiiis  bit  of  bureaucratic  politics  did  not  help  the  Department's  problem  of 
screening  the  large  numbers  of  transferee  personnel. 

The  screening  jot)  became  virtually  desperate  when  the  sudden  and  unexpected 
merger  of  1946  literally  dumi)e(l  thousands  of  new  employees  on  the  Department. 
Carl  Marzani  was  one  of  those  thus  transferred  to  the  Department  of  State  as 
a  member  of  the  Presentation  Division  of  the  OSS. 

I  met  Marzani  early  in  November  of  194G.  At  that  time  Col.  Carter  Burgess, 
formerly  aide  to  Lt.  Gen.  Bedell  Smith  and  wartime  secretary  of  SHAEP,  was 
executive  officer  to  Mr.  Donald  Russell,  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for  Admin- 
istration, and  myself.  Colonel  Burgess  was  working  closely  with  me  on  a  plan 
for  the  reorganization  of  the  State  Department's  antiquated  communications 
system.  In  this  work  we  were  being  assisted  by  Maj.  Gen.  Otto  Nelson,  formerly 
assistant  to  General  McNarney,  Deputy  Chief  of  Staff  to  General  Marshall. 

As  we  wrestled  with  our  complex  task,  all  of  us  agreed  that  what  we  urgently 
needed  was  a  graphic  presentation  of  the  reorganization  plan  in  operation. 
Accordingly  we  welcomed  General  Nelson's  proposal  that  the  Presentation  Divi- 
sion, newly  acquired  by  transfer  from  OSS,  be  assigned  to  take  on  the  graphic 
display  job.  The  general  went  on  to  explain  that  one  of  the  best  men  in  the 
Division  and  one  who  had  worked  with  him  in  the  War  Department  and  in  Italy 
would  "do  a  job"  for  us.  His  name,  Marzani.  He  phoned  Marzani  and  asked 
him  to  come  over. 

In  about  a  half  hour  Marzani  arrived.  He  was  still  wearing  his  sergeant's 
imiform  with  the  patch  and  insignia  of  the  Mediterranean  theater.  He  was  of 
medium  size,  compactly  built,  with  a  sallow  complexion  and  an  unusual  pair  of 
hazel-brown  eyes.  His  motions  and  mannerisms  were  quick  and  nervous,  his 
facial  expressions  mobile.  He  spoke  expressively,  a  sort  of  New  Yorkese  with 
an  overlay  of  foreign  accent.  His  response  to  our  difficulties  was  swift  and  intel- 
ligent. He  not  only  grasped  and  correctly  a])praised  the  complexities  of  the 
problem  with  which  we  were  confronted  but  came  up  quickly  with  his  idea  of 
how  it  could  best  be  translated  into  graphic  form.  "Roughs,"  he  said,  "would 
be  in  our  hands  in  a  week."  And  they  were.  General  Nelson,  Colonel  Burgess, 
and  1  were  delighted  with  the  concept  of  the  proposed  display. 

In  those  hectic  reorganization  days  of  the  winter  of  1945-46  the  "front  office" 
was  pleased  with  the  work  of  the  Presentation  Division.  We  called  on  this  Divi- 
sion whenever  it  was  required  to  illustrate  some  complex  problem  of  organiza- 
tion. In  all  of  this  work  Marzani  was  the  "sparkplug."  We  were  grateful  to 
General  Nelson  for  "discovering"  him. 

But  in  April  of  1946  the  long  arm  of  security  began  to  cast  its  shadow  over 
]Marzani.  Early  that  month  Bob  Bannerman  presented  me  with  a  batch  of  files 
variously  stamped  "Confidential,"  "Secret,"  and  "Top  secret."  These,  he  ex- 
plained, were  the  first  concrete  results  of  the  Security  Office's  checks  on  some 
of  the  personnel  taken  over  from  the  war  agencies  under  the  merger.  I  thumbed 
through  the  "Top  secret"  folders;  came  to  one  captioned  "Carl  Aldo  Marzani." 
Automatically  I  turned  to  the  covering  report  and  its  concluding  paragraph, 
which  read :  "The  Security  Committee  considers  Marzani  a  grave  security  risk 
and  recommends  termination  of  his  services  in  the  Department." 

I  could  scarcely  believe  my  eyes.  This  was  incredible.  I  turned  to  Banner- 
man  and  said:  "Bob,  are  you  crazy?  Marzani  has  handled  some  of  the  hottest 
stuff  in  the  OSS  and  in  the  War  Department.  Colonel  Burgess  and  General 
Nelson  both  knew  him,  and  they  would  laugh  at  anyone  who  said  Marzani  was 
a  securit.v  risk." 

Bannerman's  reply  was :  "That  may  be,  but  read  the  whole  report." 

I  did,  with  an  increasing  sense  of  unreality.  Carl  Aldo  Marzani  *  *  *  alias  *  *  * 
Tony  Whales  *  *  *  member  of  the  Communist  Party  *  *  *  in  New  York  In  1941 
*  *  *  signed  petition  for  the  election  of  Earl  Browder  as  Congressman  on  the 
Communist  Party  ticket  *  *  *  wife  a  member  of  the  Communist  Part.v,  name 
Edith  Charles  *  *  *  Activities  in  the  American  Negro  Congress  *  *  *  Campaigned 
against  conscription  *  *  *  urged  revolution  *  *  * 

I  have  read  enough.  "How  good  is  the  proof  on  this?  Has  Tom  Fitch  got 
the  witness?"  I  asked  Bannerman.  His  rei)ly  was  that  Fitch  had  not  prepared 
the  report,  luit  that  its  substance  was  all  derived  from  confidential  files  of  various 
governmental  investigative  agencies  and  considered  by  him  to  be  reliable.  I 
asked  him  for  his  recommendation.  It  was  his  opinion  that  we  should  terminate 
Marzani's  connection  with  the  Department.  I  pointed  out  to  him  that,  under 
civil  service  regulations  to  terminate,  i.  e.,  to  "fire"  Marzani  we  would  have  to 
prefer  charges.    And  in  this  case  the  charge  would  have  to  be  that,  since  Marzani 


884  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

was  a  member  of  the  Communist  Party,  there  was  a  presumption  asainst  his 
loyalty  to  the  Government  of  the  United  States  which  would  require  his  separa- 
tion from  its  service. 

It  is  one  thing,  I  explained,  to  prefer  charges  of  disloyalty  against  a  Federal 
employee  with  civil  service  standing,  an  entirely  different  matter  to  prove  them 
before  the  Commission's  loyalty  board.  Particularly  in  a  case  like  Marzani's, 
where  his  record  of  war  service  had  been  glowingly  praised  by  high  officers  of  the 
supersecret  OSS  and  the  War  Department.  Then,  too,  Marzani  being  a  veteran 
of  World  War  II  had,  under  the  Veteran's  Preference  Act,  certain  rights  of  ap- 
peal to  the  Civil  Service  Commission  from  any  adverse  determination  of  the 
Department  with  respect  to  his  employment.  This  was  a  case  where  one  had  to 
be  sure. 

While  the  report  was  devastating,  I  was  troubled  by  the  fact  that  it  seemed  to 
be  based  largely  on  hearsay.  I  questioned  Bannerman  more  closely.  Who  had 
prepared  the  report?  He  said  Morse  Allen,  his  assistant.  I  pointed  out  that 
Allen  certainly  could  not  testify  to  the  charges  of  his  personal  knowledge — 
which  Bannerman  admitted.  I  then  asked  Bannerman  whether  he  himself  had 
gone  below  the  surface  of  any  of  the  confidential  reports  from  the  investigative 
agencies — had  talked  to  any  "flesh  and  blood"  witnesses  with  resi)ect  to  the 
charges.  He  admitted  that  he  had  not ;  but  reiterated  that  the  reports  emanated 
from  so-called  confidential  informants  whose  identity  the  investigative  agencies 
supply  the  information  would  under  no  circumstances  disclose. 

Patiently,  I  pointed  out  to  Bannerman  that  in  this  case  the  Department  was 
in  an  unenviable  dilemma.  Here  we  had  in  our  hands  derogatoi\v  information 
with  respect  to  the  loyalty  of  a  State  Department  employee,  one  who  had  access 
to  key  information — yet  we  were  not  in  a  position  to  prefer  and  sustain  charges 
of  disloyalty  against  him.  Somewhat  less  patiently  I  explained  to  Bannerman 
that  our  investigative  staff,  which  was  costing  the  taxpayers  over  $400,000  a 
year,  ought  to  be  able  to  prove  or  disprove  charges  as  serious  as  these  by  digging 
up  the  witnesses ;  that  we  should  not  be  forced  to  rely  exclusively  on  reports 
of  other  agencies — who  would  not  disclose  the  source  of  their  information. 

Bannerman,  after  some  further  discussion,  agreed  this  was  so.  He  suggested, 
however,  that  possibly  Marzani  might  resign  of  his  own  accord  if  a  proper 
approach  was  made.  This  seemed  like  an  excellent  idea.  Accordingly  I  told 
Bannerman  to  set  up  a  meeting  for  us  with  Colonel  Fearing  (Marzani's  immediate 
superior)  to  discuss  the  matter.  This  was  held  some  time  late  in  April  and  was 
attended  by  Fearing.  Bannerman,  and  myself.  We  all  agreed  that  if  Marzani 
were  "fired"  he  would  fight,  and  that  on  the  present  record  we  would  not  be 
able  to  sustain  the  charges.  After  weighing  all  the  factors  it  was  agreed  that 
Fearing  should  ask  Marzani  to  resign.  Against  the  possibility  of  his  not  resign- 
ing when  requested,  I  told  Bannerman  to  coordinate  with  Fitch  and  leave  no 
stone  unturned  in  their  joint  efforts  to  locate  any  reputable  witnesses  who 
could  and  would  personally  testify  in  support  of  the  charges  against  Marzani. 

A  few  weeks  later  the  phone  in  my  office  rang.  It  was  Colonel  Fearing.  reix)rt- 
ing  that  Marzani  had  refused  to  resign.  I  asked  the  colonel  for  details  on 
what  had  happened.  Fearing  replied,  "Nothing  much.  Our  talk  was  short 
and  to  the  point.  He  said  to  me,  'Why  should  I  resign,  what's  the  reason?'  I 
said,  'Security  considerations.'  He  said,  'Tliat's  the  bunk — I'll  take  it  up  with 
Russell.'  " 

"So  you  have  him  in  your  lap  now,"  laughed  Fearing,  and  hung  up. 

And  Marzani  was  indeed  in  my  lap  if  he  appealed  to  Don  Russell  (Assistant 
Secretary  of  State  for  Administration).  The  matter  in  that  eventuality  would 
be  turned  over  to  me  for  my  recommendations  with  respect  to  the  action  to 
be  taken  by  the  Seci'etary  of  State,  since  I  was  in  charge  of  overall  security 
administration  under  Mr.  Russell. 

Perspiration  rolled  down  the  inside  of  my  starched  collar  as  I  laid  down  the 
receiver.  Could  I  talk  Marzani  into  resigning?  Suppose  I  could  not?  In 
the  state  of  the  available  evidence  we  would  be  "in  a  box."  For  if  Marzani  was 
in  fact  a  subversive,  he  would  be  alerted,  and  further  development  of  evidence 
with  respect  to  his  activities  would  be  difficult  if  not  impossible.  He  could  and 
would  immediately  and  effectively  "cover  up."  Since  there  was  no  tangible 
evidence  of  his  Communist  affiliations  and  activities  it  would  be  difficult  to 
make  a  case  against  Marzani  which  would  stand  up  even  in  the  Department, 
to  say  nothing  of  an  api^eal  to  the  Civil  Service  Commission  or  the  courts. 
Hearsay  was  not  enough.  Secretary  Byrnes,  as  a  former  Associate  Justice  of 
the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States,  would  hardly  be  one  to  authorize  dis- 
missal of  an  employee  on  the  serious  charge  of  disloyalty  unless  such  a  charge 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  885 

was  Kupported  by  clear  and  substantial  evidence.  We  were  a  long  way  from 
evidence  of  that  kind. 

To  nialce  the  situation  more  complicated,  there  seemed  to  be  no  other  ground 
on  which  we  could  get  rid  of  Marzani.  He  certainly  was  not  incompetent  or 
insubordinate,  addicted  to  intoxicants,  or  notoriously  immoral. 

I  did  not  have  very  long  to  wait.  During  the  last  week  in  May,  Marzani 
called  my  ofiice  for  an  appointment  to  discuss  his  "personal  status"  in  the 
Department. 

Marzani  came  in  a  little  before  10  o'clock  on  June  1.  In  the  informal  way 
of  the  State  Department  we  were  on  a  first-name  basis.  I  called  him  "Carl"  and 
he  called  me  "Joe."  We  sat  down  in  the  two  deep  chairs  by  the  fireplace.  I  lit 
a  cigar;  he,  a  cigarette.  Watching  him,  I  wondered  what  his  "fade  in"  would 
be.  He  was  neatly  dressed  in  a  tan  gabardine  suit  with  a  light-green  shirt  and 
a  tie  of  darker  green.  He  seemed  entirely  at  his  ease.  Except  for  a  pink  flush 
on  his  cheekbones — which  might  have  been  attributable  to  the  heat  of  a  Wash- 
ington June — and  a  glitter  in  his  eyes,  he  showed  no  evidence  of  tension  or 
emotion.  After  a  few  preliminary  amenities  he  came  right  to  the  point.  He 
said : 

"Joe,  Fearing  asked  for  my  resignation  on  security  grounds.  Did  you  know 
about  it?" 

I  .said,  "Yes,  Carl ;  I  did." 

"Did  you  authorize  him  to  do  it?" 

I  told  him  I  had.  There  was  a  silence.  I  wondered  what  was  coming  next. 
I  had  not  long  to  wait.  "What  are  the  charges?"  His  voice,  usually  husky  and 
not  unpleasant,  now  had  a  metallic  ring  and  his  brown  eyes  seemed  to  have  turned 
a  bleak  gray.     "I'm  entitled  to  know  what  the  charges  against  me  are." 

"You  certainly  are,  Carl,"  I  conceded,  "and  they  are  serious."  I  then  listed 
them,  watching  him  carefully  for  his  reaction.  As  I  reached  the  end  of  my  recital 
I  thought  I  detected  a  look  of  relief  pass  over  his  face.  When  I  had  concluded 
he  said,  "Is  that  all?"  His  comeback  to  my  amazed  "Good  Lord,  isn't  that 
enough?"  furnished  another  surprise.  He  was  almost  casual.  "Joe,  all  of  that 
is  old  stuff;  there's  nothing  to  any  of  it."  Before  I  could  even  reply  that  such 
grave  charges  could  not  be  laughed  off  with  a  bare  denial  he  let  me  have  it. 

"How  often  do  I  have  to  prove  that  these  charges  are  the  bunk?"  he  shouted. 
"It's  the  same  old  stuff  that  they  pulled  on  me  in  OSS  back  in  1943  and  it  was 
exploded  then  as  completely  'phony'."  He  shook  his  finger  at  me  and  asked, 
"How  do  you  think  I  could  have  been  rated  eligible  for  a  job  in  OSS  if  any 
of  this  stuff  was  true?" 

He  had  me  there.  But  here  was  a  chance  to  get  educated.  So  I  asked  him, 
"Well,  Carl,  how  did  you  get  rated  eligible  for  OSS  with  these  charges  on  the 
books?" 

He  paused  to  light  a  cigarette ;  inhaled  deeply,  and  settled  back  in  his  chair. 
He  said : 

"I'll  tell  you.  Back  in  1943  I  was  in  the  OSS — just  getting  started,  when  the 
Civil  Service  Commission  rated  me  ineligible.  I  went  to  my  bosses,  Ed  Mason 
and  Eniil  Despres.  and  told  them  what  had  happened.  They  went  to  General 
Donovan  and  told  him  the  story ;  he  said  he  would  call  up  the  Commission.  I 
nosed  aroimd  on  my  own  and  found  out  what  some  of  the  charges  against  me 
were.  When  I  knew  what  the  score  was,  I  decided  to  fight  it  out.  I  demanded 
a  hearing  before  the  Civil  Service  Commission's  Loyalty  Board." 

If  what  Marzani  said  was  true,  this  was  a  bold  maneuver.     He  went  on : 

"I  had  a  formal  hearing  before  the  Commission's  Loyalty  Board  on  the  charges 
which  had  been  made  against  me."  Pointing  his  finger,  at  me — speaking  slowly — 
he  said,  "Joe,  these  were  the  very  same  charges  which  you've  listed  this  morning." 

He  paused  to  let  this  sink  in  and  continued. 

"Well,  at  the  hearing  before  the  Loyalty  Board  I  introduced  a  complete  history 
of  my  life  in  documented  form.  I  myself  testified  under  oath.  I  called  wit- 
nesses, people  who  knew  me  all  my  life,  people  under  whom  I  worked  in  and  out 
of  Government,  and  they  all  testified  under  oath.  There  is  a  complete  transcript 
of  the  record  of  the  hearing  in  the  confidential  files  of  the  Civil  Service  Commis- 
sion. On  that  record,  which  incidentally  you  should  look  over  in  case  you're 
interested.  I  was  entirely  cleared  of  disloyalty  charges  by  the  Civil  Service 
Commission  and  rated  eligible  for  service  with  OSS." 

I  was  flabbergasted.  For  if  what  Marzani  said  was  true  I  could  imagine  the 
cries  of  "double  jeopardy"  that  would  have  been  raised,  to  the  embarrassment  of 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  the  Department,  if  we  had  attempted  to  fire  Marzani 
in  1946  on  the  very  same  disloyalty  charges  which  the  Civil  Service  Commission 
had  dismissed  in  1943. 


886  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

I  pulled  myself  together  and  said,  "Well,  Carl,  if  what  you  say  is  true  it  cer- 
tainly puts  a  different  light  on  the  matter.  I'll  have  to  read  the  Civil  Service 
Commission's  records  and  vre  will  talk  again.'"  With  this  the  conference  got 
off  to  a  discussion  of  Marzani's  experiences  in  OSS,  his  prior  historyj  education, 
and  travels. 

That  2-hour  conference  was  one  I  knew  would  be  vivid  in  my  memory  for  a 
long  time  to  come. 

Early  on  Monday  of  the  next  week  I  got  busy.  I  wanted  to  know  and  know 
fast  whether  our  security  people  had  seen  the  Civil  Service  Commission's  record 
on  the  Marzani  hearing,  and,  if  so,  why  no  mention  had  been  made  of  it  in  the 
security  report  on  Marzani  which  had  been  submitted  to  me  by  Bannerman.  My 
~ cross-examination  of  Bannerman  and  his  aids  disclosed  that  they  had  not  seen 
the  record.  Enraged  and  disgusted,  I  immediately  requisitioned  it  and  read 
it  with  the  greatest  care.  There  was  no  question  about  it — the  hearing  by  the 
Civil  Service  Commission's  Loyalty  Board  in  1943  did  involve  the  very  same 
charges  which  our  security  people  had  made  against  Marzani.  After  the  hear- 
ing, the  Commission  liad  rated  Marzani  eligible  for  employment  in  the  OSS. 
Marzani's  amazing  story  was  true. 

Despite  this,  there  was  something  in  the  whole  setup  that  did  not  ring  true. 
The  basic  testimony  in  the  hearing  was  Marzani's  own,  plus  "character"  wit- 
nesses testifying  in  his  behalf.  Strangely  enough,  the  Commission  had  intro- 
duced no  evidence  to  support  the  charges  against  Marzani. 

However,  the  failure  of  the  Security  Office  in  the  Marzani  case  had  shaken  my 
confidence  in  the  operation  of  the  Department's  personnel  investigation  setup. 
I  immediately  launched  a  thoroughgoing  examination  which  disclosed  an  ex- 
tremely disturbing  situation.  While  the  chief  special  agent,  Tom  Fitch,  was 
charged  with  the  duty  of  investigating  State  Department  employees  for  security 
and  fitness — a  function  for  which  Congress  had  appropriated  funds  at  a  rate  of 
$400,000  a  year — Fitch's  operation  was  being  thwarted  by  the  activities  of  the 
newly  established  Security  Office.  The  end  product  was  intrigue — working  at 
cross-purpose — with  resulting  chaos  and  irresponsibility. 

The  investigation  also  showed  that  the  Security  Office  had  arranged  things  in 
such  fashion  that  the  Department's  chief  special  agent  was  excluded  from  liai- 
son with  the  FBI:  That  the  Security  Committee  (a  supposedly  impartial  body 
whose  sole  function  was  to  evaluate  evidence  produced  by  the  Department's 
investigators  and  security  officers  in  respect  of  personnel)  was  operating  under 
the  chairmanship  of  Bob  Bannerman  and  was  composed  for  the  most  i)art  of 
members  of  his  own  staff.  We  thus  had  a  situation  where  investigators  sat 
in  judgment  on  the  quality  of  evidence  which  they  had  gathered — acting  not 
only  as  investigators  but  as  prosecutors,  court,  and  jury — a  kangaroo  court.  Fin- 
ally, I  found  that  the  Security  Committee  had  excluded  from  its  membership 
the  State  Department's  outstanding  expert  on  Communist  doctrine  and  subversive 
techniques  of  infiltration. 

Upon  Secretary  Byrnes'  return  from  the  Paris  Conference  in  July  of  1946  and 
with  his  approval  we  overhauled  our  entire  personnel-security  operation.  The 
job  of  investigations  of  personnel  was  firmly  jilaced  under  Tom  Fitch,  the  chief 
special  agent.  Bannerman  was  requested  to  confine  himself  to  the  coordination 
of  Fitch's  reports,  with  such  information  as  might  be  available  at  FBI,  ONI, 
G-2,  etc.  To  bolster  up  the  Department's  sagging  communications  and  physical 
security  operation,  I  personally  appealed  to  Gen.  Carter  Clarke,  then  Deputy 
Chief  of  tStaff,  G-2,  to  give  us  his  best  security  officer.  He  recommended  Col. 
Stanley  Goodrich,  who  was  immediately  employed  and  placed  in  charge  of  our 
physical  and  communications  security  system — working  directly  out  of  my 
office.  The  kangaroo-court  Security  Committee  was  scrapped,  to  be  replaced  by 
a  group  of  high  officials  of  the  Department  wliose  sole  duty  was  to  evaluate  the 
evidence  developed  by  the  investigators  and  make  recommendations  to  the 
Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration.  This  time  the  group  included  the 
Department's  top  expert  on  Communists  and  Communist  techniques.  Mr. 
Samuel  Klaus,  a  lawyer  experienced  in  the  detection  and  control  of  subversive 
activities  as  a  member  of  the  staff  of  the  General  Counsel  of  the  Treasury 
Department,  was  designated  counsel  to  the  new  security  group.  To  shield  this 
group  from  improper  pressures  in  security  matters  its  identity  was  kept  secret. 
Its  membership  was  designated  by  secret  written  order  of  the  Secretary  of  State. 
Its  counsel  was  appointed  by  similar  order. 

By  the  end  of  July  1946,  I  was  confident  that  the  blueprints  of  the  new 
security  setup  in  the  Department  of  State  were  as  good  as  experience  and 
skill  could  contrive.  But  we  had  to  get  the  organization  out  of  the  blueprint 
stage  and  into  operations. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  887 

Throughout  the  first  6  months  of  tlie  year  Members  of  Congress  had  been 
demanding  a  purge  of  alleged  subversives  in  the  Department.  Indeed,  late  in 
June  of  1946  the  Appropriations  Committee  of  the  Senate  tacked  the  so-called 
McCarran  rider  to  the  Departnient's  appropriation  bill  for  the  fiscal  year  1047. 
This  rider,  which  had  been  prepared  by  me  at  the  request  of  Senators  McCarran 
and  Bridges,  gave  the  Secretary  of  State  the  power  to  dismiss  any  employee  of 
the  Department  without  regard  to  civil-service  rules  or  regulations  if,  in  the 
Secretary's  discretion,  such  action  was  warranted  in  the  interests  of  the  Gov- 
ernment. Both  Senator  McCarran,  chairman  of  the  committee,  and  Senator 
Bridges,  tlie  then  ranking  Republican  member  (now  chairman),  told  me  in  no 
uncertain  terms  that  they  expected  the  Department  to  use  the  power  thus 
granted.  Since  Secretary  Byrnes'  ix»licy  was  that  even  under  the  rider  he 
would  not  dismiss  an  employee  for  reasons  of  disloyalty  unless  thei'e  was  some 
substantial  evidence  of  such  disloyalty,  it  was  up  to  the  new  security  organiza- 
tion to  do  a  job  of  getting  the  evidence. 

As  Security  Counsel,  Klaus  and  Chief  Special  Agent  Fitch  started  the  tremen- 
dous job  of  reinvestigating  several  hundred  selected  security  cases.  I  did  not 
hear  much  about  Marzani— although  his  case  was  high  on  the  priority  list — until 
September  of  1946.  Early  that  month  Klaus  came  to  me  and  requested  permis- 
sion for  Agent  Fitch  to  send  a  strong  task  force  to  undertake  a  thorough  ccjmbing 
of  the  secret  records  of  the  New  York  City  Police  Department. 

I  gave  the  mission  my  hearty  approval  and  asked  to  be  kept  fully  and  cur- 
rently informed  of  progress. 

Our  first  real  "paydirt"  in  this  effort  came  late  in  October.  Sam  Klaus 
reported  to  me  that  our  investigators  had  found  some  interesting  data  on  "Tony 
Whales''  in  the  secret  records  of  the  New  York  Police  Department's  antisub- 
versive  squad,  a  unit  organized  by  Mayor  LaGuardia  for  the  sole  purpose  of 
infiltrating  Communist  activities  in  New  York  during  the  war.  A  few  days  later 
Klaus  repoi'ted  that  these  records  appeared  to  bear  out  the  charges  involving 
Marzani's  Communist  activities. 

We  were  on  a  warm  trail  at  long  last.  Our  men  went  into  high  gear.  Klaus 
and  Fitch  had  their  staff  analyze  and  follow  through  on  the  reports.  Their 
author,  a  college-bred  Negro  detective,  Archer  Drew — later  to  become  the  star 
witness  against  Marzani — confirmed  the  story  of  the  records  in  minute  detail. 
Finally,  under  close  questioning,  he  described  Tony  Whales.  The  description 
checked  remarkably  with  that  of  Carl  Marzani.  I  directed  that  we  obtain 
immediate  and  unequivocal  identification  of  Marzani  as  Whales. 

Klaus  obtained  three  separate  photographs  of  Marzani  and  inserted  each  in 
a  panel  of  other  pictures  of  people  with  somewhat  similar  cast  of  features. 
These  were  taken  from  Washington  to  New  York,  and  Archer  Drew  was  asked 
whether  Tony  Whales  appeared  in  any  of  the  panels.  Each  time  he  unerringly 
and   instantly  identified   Marzani  as   Tony  Whales. 

At  this  point,  and  for  the  first  time  in  the  case,  the  efforts  of  Klaus  and  Fitch 
had  produced  a  "flesh  and  blood"  witness  who  could  and  would  testify  as  to 
Marzani's  Communist  affiliations  and  activities.  For  the  first  time  we  had 
positive  proof  that  Marzani  had  lied  about  his  Communist  affiliations  to  the 
FBI  in  1942,  to  the  Civil  Service  Commission  in  1943,  and  to  the  Department 
of  State  in  1946.  In  the  case  of  the  FBI  and  the  Civil  Service  Commission, 
where  his  statements  had  been  given  under  oath,  he  had  committed  pei-jury. 
Unfortunately,  a  criminal  proceeding  was  barred  by  the  Federal  statute  of 
limitations,  which  requires  action  to  be  started  within  2  years  of  the  commis- 
sion of  the  crime. 

The  best  remaining  basis  for  criminal  action  against  Marzani  appeared  to 
be  his  willful  concealment  of  his  Communist  membership,  affiliations,  and 
activities  in  connection  with  his  employment  in  the  State  Department.  How- 
ever, the  Federal  statute  on  this  type  of  fraud  had  never  been  tested  in  court 
in  a  loyalty  case,  and  there  was  some  doubt  among  the  Department's  lawyers 
as  to  whether  criminal  prosecution  would  be  successful.  Klaus  and  I  con- 
cluded, however,  that  this  was  a  case  in  which  the  statute  clearly  applied. 

We  also  felt  that  if  proseciition  in  the  Marzani  case  was  successful  it  would 
immeasural)ly  help  in  the  solution  of  the  problem  of  subversives  in  the  Federal 
Government.  It  has  been  my  experience  that  subversives  find  it  not  too  difficult 
to  remain  in  the  service  of  the  Government  through  the  simple  expedient  of 
concealing  their  real  affiliations  and  sympathies.  They  correctly  discount  the 
chance  of  detection  as  improbable — involving  usually  an  "induced"  resignation. 
Even  in  the  event  of  dismissal  it  was  not  too  diflScult  to  find  another  "billet."  But, 
if  such  misrepresentation  or  concealment  involved  a  real  danger  of  criminal 


888        INTERLOCKING  SUBVERSION  IN  GOVERNMENT 

prosecution  and  a  definite  jwssibility  of  a  term  in  tlie  Federal  penitentiary,  Klans 
and  I  felt  that  there  wovild  be  an  exodus  of  Commies,  fellow  travelers,  and  other 
subversives  from  tlie  Federal  service. 

The  first  step  was  to  obtain  the  Secretary's  authority  for  Marzani's  dismissal 
and  his  approval  of  our  reference  of  the  matter  to  the  Department  of  Justice. 
This  had  to  await  the  Secretary's  return  to  the  Department  after  the  completion 
of  the  work  of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers.  In  the  meantime,  we  were 
feverishly  developing  evidence  of  Mai'zani's  communistic  activities  in  New  York. 

Despite  our  utmost  efforts  to  prevent  Marzani  from  becoming  aware  of  these 
activities,  he  managed  to  get  word,  through  his  Communist  contacts  in  New  York, 
that  something  was  "cooking."  He  called  on  me  on  November  15  to  tell  me 
that  he  was  "tired"  of  being  persecuted  and  that  he  had  decided  to  resign  from 
the  Department  and  enter  private  business.  It  was  apparent  to  me  that  Marzani 
knew  he  would  be  fired  and  he  probably  would  be  prosecuted  for  his  fraud  in 
concealing  his  Communist  connections.  It  was  smart  strategy  for  him  to  "resign" 
before  dismissal  and  indictment. 

I  listened  noncommittally.  It  was  too  late  for  Marzani  to  resign.  His  case 
was  even  then — out  of  my  hands — on  its  way  to  the  Security  Committee,  and 
then  to  Mr.  Russell  and  finally  to  Mr.  Byrnes  for  action.  When  he  left  I  imme- 
diately issued  orders  that  his  resignation  was  not  to  be  accepted.  So  far  as 
the  Department  of  State  was  concei'ned,  Marzani  could  not  be  permitted  to 
resign.  The  Department  was  in  possession  of  evidence  indicating  that  he  had 
committed  a  crime.  Accordingly,  it  was  obvious  that  he  had  to  be  dismissed 
under  the  McCarran  rider  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Government.  After  that 
his  case  had  to  be  referred  to  the  Department  of  Justice. 

On  December  20,  shortly  after  the  Secretary's  return  from  New  York,  I  was 
authorized  to  sign  Marzani's  notice  of  dismissal  under  the  McCarran  rider.  This 
was  sent  to  him  by  registered  mail  the  same  day.  Shortly  thereafter  Sam  Klaus 
was  authorized  by  Mr.  Russell  to  present  the  matter  to  Attorney  General  Tom 
Clark.  Immediately  after  his  conference  with  Klaus  the  Attorney  General 
ordered  presentation  of  the  matter  to  the  next  grand  jury,  and  the  case  was 
assigned  for  preparation  to  John  R.  Kelley,  Jr.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Attorney 
General. 

At  the  outset  Kelley  was  somewhat  dubious  of  the  chances  of  obtaining  an 
Indictment,  much  less  a  conviction,  in  the  case.  As  he  saw  it,  the  law  of  tlie 
case  depended  on  the  untested  fraud  statute.  Furthermore,  there  were  really 
only  two  key  witnesses  to  sustain  the  case — Archer  Drew,  the  New  York  City 
police  detective,  and  myself.  In  a  critical  case  of  "first  impression"  such  as 
this,  involving  all  sorts  of  political  dynamite,  any  prosecutor  likes  to  have  an 
abundance  of  evidence  and  plenty  of  good  witnesses.  Kelley  was  no  exception. 
It  was  Sam  Klaus,  working  in  close  cooperation  with  Kelley,  who  slowly  but 
surely  overcame  the  latter's  doubts.  Klaus  brought  Drew  down  from  New  York 
and,  after  one  conference  with  the  detective,  Kelley  knew  he  had  a  potential 
star  witness.    He  decided  to  proceed  full  steam  ahead. 

The  grand  jury  was  impaneled  and,  after  hearing  Detective  Drew,  myself, 
and  others,  promptly  handed  down  an  indictment  on  11  counts  against  Marzani. 
As  the  slow  but  inexorable  process  of  Federal  justice  began  to  catch  up  with 
Marzani,  the  Communist  Party  high  command  began  to  take  an  interest  in  tlie 
case.  They  knew  that  a  conviction  in  this  case  would  mark  the  beginning  of 
the  end  of  their  subversive  operations  in  the  Government. 

During  the  period  that  the  case  was  awaiting  trial,  Marzani  was  kept  under 
strict  surveillance  He  was  in  constant  communication  with  key  Communists 
throughout  the  country.  While  he  was  represented  by  Washington  counsel,  we 
knew  the  real  strategy  of  his  defense  was  being  develoi>ed  by  the  party's  brain 
trust  in  New  York.  Finally,  early  in  May  the  case  was  reached  for  trial  and 
"all  the  chips  were  down."  Failure  to  obtain  a  conviction  was  certain  to  send 
the  President's  $25  million  employee-loyalty  program  floundering  on  the  rocks 
of  administrative  uncertainty. 

The  opening  court  skirmish  turned  on  the  selection  of  a  jury.  The  counsel 
for  the  defense  repeatedly  excused  the  "solid  citizen"  type  of  prospective  juror. 
The  jury,  as  finally  impaneled,  included  nine  Negroes.  We  knew  that  Marzani 
intended  to  stress  his  activities  in  the  American  Negro  Congress  as  benevolent 
rather  than  subversive.  While  the  prosecution  felt  that  Marzani  did  not  have  a 
chance  of  acquittal  on  the  evidence  that  would  be  produced  against  him  at  the 
trial,  there  was  always  a  possibility  of  a  "hung"  jury,  for  it  takes  just  one  juror 
to  bring  about  a  disagreement  and  a  new  trial. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  889 

Marzani  and  his  counsel  were  obvionsly  elated.  They  evidently  felt  that  the 
possibility  of  a  disagreement  was  excellent.  They  literally  exuded  confidence 
as  the  trial  besan.  From  my  own  experience  in  the  trial  of  many  cases  in  the 
courts  of  New  York,  I  shared  somewhat  the  prosecution's  fears  with  respect  to 
the  outcome. 

The  trial  opened  sleepily.  The  Government  prosecutor,  Mr.  Kelley,  was  the 
soul  of  caution.  He  leaned  backward  in  his  efforts  to  introduce  nothing  in  evi- 
dence that  would  give  rise  to  the  slightest  possibility  of  error.  It  was  sound 
strategy  to  undertry  the  case.  If  the  Government  attempted  to  bear  down, 
Marzani  would  undoubtedly  raise  the  cry  of  "Persecution." 

On  about  the  fourth  day  of  the  trial  I  was  called  as  the  Government's  first  chief 
witness.  The  substance  of  my  direct  testimony  was  brief.  First,  my  official 
position  in  the  Department  of  State,  its  scope,  my  responsibilities  in  the  field  of 
security,  my  relationships  with  Marzani  the  time  that  I  first  learned  of  any 
dero,!:;:atory  information  about  him  involving  his  loyalty.  Then  Prosecutor  Kelley 
came  to  the  heart  of  the  case — my  conversation  with  Marzani  on  June  1,  1946. 
The  climax  came  wJien  I  told  the  story  of  the  Department's  development  of  the 
real  evidence  of  Marzani's  Communist  relationships  and  activities,  in  October- 
November  of  1946,  and  his  prompt  dismissal  under  the  McCarran  rider  in 
December. 

As  the  defense  attorney  rose  to  cross  examine,  I  wondered,  sitting  in  the  wit- 
ness chair,  what  his  tactics  would  be.  For  obviously  it  was  vitally  necessary  for 
the  defense  to  overcome  the  effect  of  my  testimony.  After  a  few  ineffective 
efforts  to  shake  my  recollection  (a  preliminary  cross-examination  routine)  the 
defense  attorney  got  down  to  business.  First  he  repeatedly  brought  out  that  there 
had  been  no  one  present  at  the  June  1  conference  except  Marzani  and  myself. 
Then  he  produced  a  paper  prepared  by  Marzani  which  purported  to  set  forth  what 
was  said  by  him  and  by  me  at  the  conference  of  June  1 — all  in  direct  quotes. 

As  the  defense  counsel  read  to  me,  statement  by  statement,  what  I  allegedly 
had  said  and  what  Marzani  claimed  he  had  said,  I  began  to  grasp  the  pattern  of 
the  defense  strategy. 

If  the  jury  believed  Marzani's  version  of  the  crucial  conversation  of  June  1, 
it  followed  that  he  and  I  had  never  discussed  the  question  of  his  loyalty  or  his 
Communist  activities  and  affiliations.  We  had  discussed,  according  to  him,  the 
folly  of  the  Department's  "anti-Sovief  policy  and  agreed  that  it  was  bad.  We, 
according  to  Marzani— deplored  J.  Edgar  Hoover's  "witch-hunting"  and  that  of 
certain  Members  of  Congress.  We  allegedly  had  agreed  that  the  real  security 
risks  in  the  Department  were  the  so-called  "liberals,"  who  "blabbed  out  State 
Department  secrets  at  cocktail  parties  and  to  newspaper  columnists."  The  first 
thing  to  be  noticed  about  this  anticipatory  cross-examination  was  that  it  followed 
the  Communist  Party  line — to  attack  a  firm  foreign  policy  as  anti-Soviet;  to 
smear  J.  Edgar  Hoover  and  Members  of  Congress  as  witch-hunters ;  to  divert 
suspicion  to  liberals  as  the  real  subversives.  Marzani  was  putting  on  a  show 
for  the  comrades. 

But  he  was  also  laying  the  foundation  of  his  defense,  in  which  he  hoped  the  sole 
issue  would  be  his  word  against  mine.  If  the  jury  believed  his  story  that  we  did 
not  discuss  his  Communist  Party  affiliations  and  operations  on  June  1,  then 
Marzani  did  not  lie  about  them  to  me  in  my  capacity  as  an  official  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  State,  and  an  acquittal  was  likely  to  result.  If  he  as  much  as  convinced 
one  juror,  there  would  be  a  disagreement  and  a  new  trial.  This  could  go  on 
ad  infinitum  imtil  the  Department  of  Justice  eventually  nolle-prossed  the  case 
out  of  sheer  weariness  and  frustration. 

My  hunch  on  the  strategy  of  the  defense  proved  quite  accurate.  As  the  case 
progressed,  Marzani's  plan  to  confuse  the  issues  in  the  mind  of  the  jury  became 
more  and  more  apparent,  always  coupled  with  the  tacit  insinuation  that  he  was 
being  framed  by  the  Government  to  provide  a  Roman  holiday  for  the  witch- 
hunters  in  the  Republican  Congress.  The  "pitch"  was  having  real  effect  on  the 
jury  and  even  on  the  press  correspondents. 

Fortunately  Prosecutor  Kelley  had  some  aces  of  his  own  to  play.  Marzani,  of 
course,  knew  that  the  key  witness  to  his  communistic  activities  was  Detective 
Archer  Drew.  But  what  he  did  not  know  was  that  through  the  unremitting 
efforts  of  Sam  Klaus  and  Tom  Fitch  the  prosecution  had  on  tap  two  former  mem- 
bers of  the  Communist  Party  who — prior  to  their  expulsion — had  known  Marzani 
as  a  Communist  and  who  were  prepared  to  identify  him  as  Tony  Whales.  Kelley 
decided  to  put  these  two  witnesses  on  the  stand  before  he  climaxed  his  case  with 
Archer  Drew. 


890  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

This  brilliant  handling  of  the  case  paid  dividends.  Marzani  was  shaken  to  be 
identified  in  open  court  as  Tony  Whales  by  two  former  members  of  the  Communist 
Party.  And  he  could  attack  this  testimony  only  by  arguing  that  a  Communist 
can  never  be  believed  even  under  oath — a  line  with  extremely  dangerous  impli- 
cations to  his  own  case.  By  this  time  the  case  had  reached  its  high  point  of 
susi>ense.  The  jury  was  alert.  The  newspapermen  who,  up  to  this  time,  had 
been  taking  a  restrained  view  of  the  testimony,  were  now  taking  copious  notes. 
Prosecutor  Kelley,  now  fully  warmed  up  to  his  work,  unfolded  his  climax 
carefully. 

First  he  introduced  the  testimony  of  Lieutenant  Gallagher,  a  distinguished- 
looking  veteran  of  the  New  York  Police  Force.  Gallagher  testified  how  in  1940, 
under  orders  from  Mayor  LaGuardia,  he  had  set  up  an  "undercover"  operation 
for  the  sole  purpose  of  penetrating  the  Communist  organization  in  New  York  City. 
A  most  important  part  of  the  mission  of  this  group,  he  explained,  was  the  detec- 
tion of  subversive  operations  among  the  Negro  groups  in  New  York.  For  this 
assignment  a  Negro  detective  was  required.  After  careful  study  of  all  available 
candidates,  Gallagher  testified,  Archer  Drew  was  selected  for  this  delicate  and 
vital  job. 

With  this  introduction.  Archer  Drew  took  the  stand.  He  identified  bis  oflacial 
reports  on  Marzani's  activities  which,  4  years  ago,  be  had  filed  in  police  head- 
quarters. Under  careful  questioning  he  then  launched  into  a  description  of 
bis  undercover  operations.  He  told  the  story  of  how  he  joined  the  party  and 
was  given  the  party  name  of  "Bill  Easley'' ;  how  "Tony  Whales"  and  he  became 
friends ;  how  he  visited  Tony  and  his  wife  "Edith  Charles"  at  their  apartment. 
He  recounted  how  Tony  told  him  of  his  boyhood  struggles,  of  his  fight  to  get 
an  education,  of  his  entry  into  Williams  College,  of  his  studies  in  England  and 
his  trip  around  the  world.  Drew  painted  a  vivid  picture  of  the  close  relation- 
ship existing  between  himself  and  Tony  Whales;  of  their  frequent  discussion 
of  the  objectives  of  the  Communist  Party  and  the  best  methods  of  their  achieve- 
ment. 

At  the  conclusion  of  this  testimony.  Prosecutor  Kelley  asked  Drew  to  say 
whether  Tony  Whales  was  in  the  courtroom,  t^nhesitatingly  Drew  pointed  to 
Marzani  and  cried,  "That's  Tony — that's  Tony  Whales." 

The  effect  of  Drew's  identification  of  Marzani  and  Tony  Whales  was  electri- 
fying to  the  jury.  Even  the  most  laconic  of  the  press  correspondents  were  writing 
feverishly ;  some  were  rushing  out  of  the  courtroom  to  flash  the  news  to  catch 
the  late  edition  of  the  Washington  afternoon  papers.  Marzani,  his  sallow  face 
an  ashen  gray,  was  whispering  excitedly  to  his  lawyer  who  was  shaking  his 
head  doubtfully. 

After  the  defense's  cross-examination  of  Archer  Drew — which  merely  tight- 
ened the  noose  about  Marzani — the  Government  rested  its  case. 

The  trial  dragged  on  for  several  more  days,  through  a  procession  of  character 
witnesses,  climaxed  by  Marzani's  hysterical  testimony  in  his  own  behalf,  which 
was  riddled  by  Prosecutor  Kelley's  cross-examination.  But  for  all  practical 
ourposes,  Marzani's  fate  was  settled  when  Drew  pointed  him  out. 

After  both  sides  rested  and  the  lawyers  summed  up.  Judge  Keech  instructed 
he  jury  in  a  charge  which  was  a  model  of  fairness.  Tlie  jury  retired ;  elected 
.i  foreman ;  returned  with  a  conviction  of  Marzani  on  all  11  counts.  "School 
was  out"  for  Carl  Aldo  Marzani. 

With  Marzani's  conviction  a  fait  accompli,  I  was  off  on  a  long-delayed  mission 
to  Germany.  On  the  airliner  I  opened  the  current  issue  of  Newsweek  and  was 
somewhat  surprised  to  see  a  picture  of  Marzani  leading  off  the  Marzani  case 
for  so  long  that  I  had  become  numb  to  its  significance  as  a  matter  of  public 
interest.  To  me,  aside  from  its  element  of  counterespionage,  the  ease  repre- 
sented a  difticult  technical  problem  in  the  arduous  but  unspectacular  business 
of  developing  a  basic  criminal  sanction  on  whicli  the  Government  could  build 
an  effective  counterinfiltration  program. 

As  I  read  the  arresting  caption  under  Marzani's  picture,  "His  conviction  gave 
the  Government  hope,"  I  could  not  help  wondering  whether  the  average  reader 
would  realize  the  tremendous  amount  of  planning,  professional  skill  and  sheer 
tenacity  on  the  part  of  all  concerned  which  had  been  required  to  convict  Marzani 
the  hard  way — in  open  court  and  before  a  jury  virtually  of  his  own  choosing. 

Senator  Welker.  May  I  proceed  with  a  couple  of  further  questions  ? 
The  Chairman.  You  may. 


''  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  891 

Senator  Welker.  You  have  placed  in  the  record  by  your  oral  testi- 
mony and  by  documentary  testimony  the  relationship  of  Schwarz- 
ij  walder  and  Appleby. 

Now,  did  you  ever  have  occasion  to  learn  that  Mr.  Schwarzwalder 
sought  to  replace  J.  Edgar  Hoover  as  head  of  the  Federal  Bureau  of 
Investigation  ? 

Mr.  Panucii.  There  was  talk  of  that  in  the  newspapers,  sir,  but  it 
seemed  fantastic  to  me.     I  never  paid  much  attention  to  it. 

Senator  Welker.  Now,  I  will  ask  you  this  about  Mr.  Appleby: 
Did  you  ever  see  over  his  signature  a  statement,  and  I  quote : 

A  man  in  the  employ  of  the  Government  has  just  as  much  ripht  to  be  a  member 
of  the  Communist  Party  as  he  has  to  be  a  member  of  the  Democratic  or 
Republican  Party? 

Mr.  Pantjch.  Sir,  I  believe  I  read  that  in  a  publication  by  the 
United  States  Chamber  of  Commerce  in  1947. 

Senator  Welker.  Did  you  ever  read  it  in  the  Congressional  Record? 

Mr.  Panuch.  No,  sir ;  I  did  not. 

Senator  Welker.  In  a  speech  made  by  Mr.  Bradley,  of  Michigan, 
reported  in  the  Congressional  Record,  1946,  July  18? 

Mr.  Panuch.  No,  sir;  I  did  not.  But  I  believe  that  the  statement 
in  the  United  States  Chamber  of  Commerce  was  based  on  the  Congres- 
sional Record  statement. 

Senator  Welker.  I  see. 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Chairman,  we  do  not  have  a  copy  of  the  original 
statement  referred  to  in  that  particular  Congressional  Record.  We 
do  not  have  that. 

Senator  Welker.  But  it  is  in  the  Congressional  Record  here,  and  I 
believe  that  it  should  be  inserted. 

The  Chairman.  I  direct  that  the  staif  try  to  find  the  original  state- 
ment and  insert  it  in  the  record  and  make  it  a  part  of  our  record. 

Senator  Welker.  Well,  it  is  a  part  of  the  record,  since  I  read  the 
statement. 

The  Chairman.  I  want  the  original  statement. 

Senator  Welker.  Very  well. 

(The  quotation  referred  to  by  the  chairman  follows:) 

[From  the  Congressional  Record— House,  July  18,  1946,  pp.  9389-9390] 

Mr.  Bkadley  of  Michigan.  Appleby  has  under  him  a  gentleman  by  the  name 
of  George  F.  SchwarzwaUler,  who  was  sent  out  to  streamline  the  intelligence 
departments  of  the  Army,  the  Navy,  and  the  State  Department,  and  he  said 
that  the  records  of  the  Communists  in  those  files  should  have  a  "lean  and  hungry 
look,"  and  so  they  have  been  pulled  out  and  destroyed. 

He  also  sou.irht  to  replace  Mr.  J.  Ed.i^ar  Hoover,  head  of  the  Federal  Bureau 
of  Investigation.  Should  the  FBI  files  be  pulled,  we  would  never  have  a  record 
of  any  of  the  Communists  who  now  seek  employment  with  the  Government.  The 
point  of  the  matter  is  that  Mr.  Paul  H.  Appleby,  in  a  communication  over  his 
own  signatiire,  which  I  have  seen  stated — 

"A  man  in  the  employ  of  the  Government  had  just  as  much  riglit  to  be  a 
member  of  the  Communist  Party  as  he  has  to  be  a  member  of  the  Democratic  or 
Republican  Party." 

If  Mr.  Appleby  should  be  proposed  as  Director  of  the  Budget  to  succeed  the 
very  splendid  man  who  left  a  short  while  ago  to  accept  a  better  position,  then 
I  suggest,  in  the  interest  of  real  Americanism  and  in  the  interest  of  the  soundness 
of  this  Government  of  ours,  the  Senate  had  better  give  pretty  careful  considera- 
tion to  Mr.  Appleby's  philosophy  of  government  before  confirming  such  an  appoint- 
ment. 


I 


892        INTERLOCKING  SUBVERSION  IN  GOVERNMENT 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Chairman,  ISIr.  Panuch  was  talkino;  about  the 
Marzani  case  and  made  reference  to  the  article.  But  I  think,  Mr. 
Panuch,  that  if  you  would  tell  us  in  detail  some  of  the  problems 
presented  to  you  as  Security  Officer  by  the  Marzani  case,  you  would 
go  further  than  that  particular  article,  judging  by  what  I  know  of 
your  executive  session  testimony  and  the  article. 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  told  him  what  the  charges  were  and  Marzani  said 
those  charges  had  been  made  in  1942  when  he  was  going  into  OSS, 
and  that  he  took  it  up  with  General  Donovan  and  asked  General 
Donovan  to  appear  before  the  Civil  Service  Commission  and  meet  these 
charges  head-on;  and  he  said  that  after  appearing  before  the  Civil 
Service  Commission  he  had  been  made  eligible  for  service  in  the 
OSS. 

And  I  said,  "What  proof  do  I  have  of  this?"  and  he  said,  "Well, 
you  can  requisition  the  stuff  in  the  Civil  Service  Commission  and 
look  at  it." 

So  I  looked  at  the  record,  and,  as  a  lawyer,  the  thing  that  struck 
me  was  that  the  record  was  not  complete  in  the  sense  that  there 
was  nothing  there  of  the  information  on  which  these  charges  against 
Marzani  had  been  made. 

So  I  then  ordered  an  all-out  investigation  so  that  we  would  either 
have  it  one  way  or  the  other,  and  we  found  that  evidence  in  New 
York  in  the  counter  subversive  unit  set  up  by  Mayor  LaGuardia  in 
the  police  department,  and  that  gave  us  Mr.  Drew,  who  had  pene- 
trated the  American  Negro  Congress  in  which  Marzani  was  operating, 
and  gave  us  a  series  of 

Mr,  Morris.  He  had  penetrated  for  the  Department  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  For  the  police  department. 

Mr.  Morris.  True,  yes. 

Mr.  Panuch.  There  was  no  question  but  that  he  had  fully  identi- 
fied Tony  Whales,  which  was  Marzani's  party  name,  as  the  man  who 
was  infiltrating  the  Negro  congress.  The  only  question  then  was 
whether  he  could  identify  him,  which  he  did  by  means  of  photo- 
graphs. 

Having  had  the  original  McCarran  rider  attached  to  our  appropria- 
tion, it  enabled  us  to  dismiss  people  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Gov- 
ernment, and  we  made  up  our  minds  to  dismiss  him. 

Before  I  had  a  chance  to  dismiss  him,  he  came  to  the  office  and 
told  me  he  was  being  persecuted  and  wanted  to  resign,  I  told  him  to 
relax,  and,  when  he  left,  I  immediately  advised  that  his  resignation 
should  not  be  accepted. 

Mr.  Morris,  In  other  words,  you  wanted  to  make  a  test  case  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  Morris,  And  the  purpose  of  making  a  test  case  was  to  establish 
some  sort  of  security  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  We  then  sought  his  indictment.  We  couldn't  indict 
him  for  perjury  because  he  hadn't  committed  perjury,  but  he  had 
lied  to  me  in  connection  with  his  Communist  affiliations. 

Mr.  Morris.  In  other  words,  his  statements  were  not  under  oath 
to  you? 

Mr,  Panuch.  That  is  right.  We  indicted  him  under  the  Frauds 
Act.  We  dismissed  him  in  November.  We  indicted  him  in  December 
and  we  convicted  him  in  May  of  1947.  Rather,  we  indicted  him 
December  1946  and  convicted  him  in  May  of  1947. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  893 

That  case  went  up  to  tlie  court  of  appeals,  and  it  was  sustained 
on  the  issue  as  to  his  lying  in  the  State  Department,  and  the  counts 
of  perjury  to  the  P^BI  in  connection  with  the  OSS  appointment  were 
dismissed. 

It  went  to  the  Supreme  Court  on  two  separate  appeals,  and  each  time 
was  sustained  4  to  4. 

Mr.  Morris.  In  other  words,  the  circuit  court  had  upheld  the  con- 
viction and  the  Supreme  Court  upheld  it  by  the  4  to  4  vote  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  is  right. 

The  effect  of  that,  sir,  if  I  may  completely  wrap  it  up,  was  that 
we  had  established  a  criminal  sanction.  In  other  words,  you  can't 
find  out  anything  about  subversives  unless  you  can  rely  on  the  state- 
ments they  make  as  to  their  past  history  with  respect  to  their  em- 
ployment. Now,  if  you  don't  have  a  criminal  sanction  they  can  make 
any  kind  of  a  statement  and  there  is  no  way  that  you  can  do  anything 
about  it ;  but  if  you  have  a  precedent  that  he  is  going  to  spend  some 
time  in  the  Federal  penitentiary,  you  know  that  yon  are  going  to 
get  a  clean  card  when  he  submits  his  information  questionnaire,  and 
then  you  are  in  a  position  Avhere  you  can  act  on  an  enlightened  basis 
as  to  whether  the  man  is  a  loyalty  or  security  risk  or  not. 

Mr.  Morris.  And  that  is  why  you  went  as  far  as  you  did  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  was  the  purpose. 

Mr.  Morris.  Will  you  tell  us  what  were  the  security  problems  that 
faced  you  at  that  time?  That  is,  in  determining  loyalty  of  the  par- 
ticular employees  in  the  State  Department? 

Mr.  Chairman,  this  particular  series  of  questions  I  think  is  im- 
portant for  our  overall  hearings  on  internal  security. 

Mr,  Panuch.  Well,  first  of  all,  there  was  the  problem  of  scope. 
This  was  an  enormous  amount  of  people  that  had  to  be  screened. 
That  was  No.  1.  We  had  a  small  staff,  a  good  one,  but  our  appro- 
priation was  only  $400,000  and  you  can't  do  much  in  the  way  of  field 
investigation  with  that.  If  we  attempted  to  do  that  on  our  own,  why, 
we  would  have  been  in  the  game  for  40  years.  There  were  two  issues, 
and  Mr.  Byrnes  always  believed  that  no  agency  should  do  its  own 
investigation,  that  all  of  these  investigations  should  be  done  by  the 
FBI,  and  that  there  should  be  one  special  place  to  do  all  investigations, 
that  the  FBI  had  the  facilities,  they  had  the  confidence  of  the  public, 
they  had  the  confidence  of  the  Congress,  Hoover  was  an  outstanding 
man  with  a  good  staff,  good  discipline,  knew  the  subject,  and  really 
should  do  the  job  for  all  agencies.  And  in  the  headquarters  Army 
Service  office,  we  relied  on  Mr.  Hoover.     That  was  one  problem. 

The  other  problem  was  criteria  which  was  very,  very  difficult,  and 
the  difference  between  loyalty,  as  such,  and  security.  Now,  subversive 
infiltration  essentially  is  a  revolutionary  operation.  To  me,  a  man 
who  is  out  for  espionage  is  pretty  easy  to  control  by  counter  intelli- 
gence, but  the  man  who  is  in  there  to  influence  your  policy  or  to  mis- 
direct your  policy,  to  immobilize  your  policy,  is  a  far  more  dangerous 
person.  Yet,  from  the  standpoint  of  security,  like  getting  drunk,  or 
leaking  out  information  or  playing  around  with  agents,  and  all  that 
stuff,  he  may  be  thoroughly  loyal.  So  there  was  the  problem  about 
loyalty  and  security,  and,  of  course,  that  required,  if  you  are  going 
to  approach  it  on  an  institutional  basis,  as  good  an  application  of  the 
jury  system  as  we  could  get  in  an  administrative  operation.  It  was 
desirable  that  this  man  be  tried  by  a  jury  of  his  peers. 


894  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION   IN    GOVERNMENT 

Now,  by  that  I  don't  mean  people  in  his  own  section,  but  people 
who  had  no  connection  with  him  in  the  Department  who  were  suf- 
ficiently knowledgeable  and  with  a  good  sprinkling  of  lawyers  to 
determine  what  is  relevant  and  material,  and  so  forth,  so  that  they 
could  make  an  evaluation  of  a  man's  loyalty  and  security,  or  the 
cases  where  loyalty  overlapped  security.  Then  to  give  him  his  ad- 
ministrative due  process,  he  had  the  right  to  be  presented  with 
charges,  and  the  nature  of  the  charges,  and  things  of  that  kind ;  make 
statements  of  his  own  before  the  Board;  and,  of  course,  have  his 
appeal  to  the  Secretary  of  State.  That  was  the  machinery  which 
we  set  up,  and  it  was  a  competent  organization  and  the  only  one  of 
its  kind  in  the  Government.  Its  work  was  carefully  done,  but  it  did 
not  last  long.  It  was  superseded  in  1947  by  the  Government-wide 
program  and  its  personnel  dispersed. 

Mr,  Morris.  By  the  Government- what  program? 

Mr.  Panuch.  The  Government-wide  program,  the  so-called  1947 
President  Truman's  loyalty  program. 

You  see,  we  applied  the  reasonable  doubt  test  of  loyalty.  Basically 
that  meant  that  if  there  was  a  doubt  as  to  a  man's  loyalty,  that  doubt 
was  resolved  in  favor  of  the  State  Department  as  against  the  employee. 

Wliat  happened  in  the  new  progi-am  of  1947  was  that  they  put  in 
what  I  call  the  overt-act  test.  They  specified  that  in  order  to  dis- 
miss a  man  for  disloyalty  or  to  make  him  ineligible  on  loyalty  grounds, 
there  had  to  be  reasonable  grounds  to  show  that  there  was  present  dis- 
loyalty. 

Mr.  Morris.  In  other  words,  it  had  to  be  present  disloyalty  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Present  disloyalty. 

Mr.  Morris.  Under  standards  of  that  nature,  suppose  you  showed 
that  a  man  was  an  important  Communist  agent  6  months  ago. 

Mr.  Panuch.  It  would  be  a  close  question. 

Mr.  Morris.  A  close  question — I  see. 

Would  you  tell  us  how  they  would  apply  such  evidence  as  that  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  now,  it  is  a  subjective  question,  Mr.  Morris, 
but  it  wouldn't  be  a  very  close  question  to  me,  I  would  say  6  months 
was  present,  but  many  other  people  who  didn't  want  to  fire  him  would 
say,  "Well,  that  is  not  present  disloyalty.    He  has  changed  his  mind." 

Mr.  Morris.  Under  that  standard  now  that  you  have  been  describ- 
ing, very  often,  in  order  to  find  evidence  of  a  particular  act,  you  get 
direct  evidence  of  activity  on  the  part  of  some  agent,  and  you  have 
to  look  over  the  whole  course  of  his  career,  and  possibly,  if  you  are 
lucky,  you  will  have  some  evidence  along  the  line;  if  you  are  lucky, 
as  in  the  case  of  Alger  Hiss.  Whittaker  Chambers  happened  to  know 
him  in  1938. 

Applying  that  standard,  do  you  think  there  would  be  any  effective 
discovery  of  Communist  agents? 

The  Chairman.  The  overt  act. 

Mr.  Panuch.  Absolutely  ineffective. 

Mr.  Morris.  As  you  describe  it,  it  sounds  hard  to  use. 

Mr,  Panuch.  Almost  impossible.    You  can  never  get  the  evidence. 

The  Chairman.  In  other  words,  while  you  were  there  in  the  State 
Dej)artment,  the  security  check  program  continued  to  deteriorate  ? 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION   IN    GOVERNMENT  895 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  let  me  put  it  this  way :  It  was  deteriorating 
when  I  came  in  there  because  of  this  transfer.  We  tried  to  do  some- 
thing about  it  but  in  1947  they  put  us  out  of  business. 

The  Chairman.  I  see. 

Mr,  Morris.  So  all  these  unscreened  people  that 

Mr.  Panuch.  Stayed  right  in. 

Mr.  Morris.  Stayed  right  in.  Now,  in  connection  with  the  Marzani 
case,  were  you  acquainted  with  the  Presentations,  Inc.? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  certainly  was. 

Mr.  Morris.  Would  you  tell  us  something  about  that?  We  asked 
Mr.  Marzani  about  that  and  he  gave  us  precisely  no  information. 

The  Chairman.  It  was  the  fifth  amendment,  was  it  not? 

Mr.  Morris.  Yes,  in  every  question. 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  must  say  to  you  gentlemen  that  I  found  out  about 
the  Presentations  Associates  very  late  in  the  game  in  the  State  De- 
partment. 

Marzani  was  a  very,  very  brilliant  fellow,  and  on  the  side  he  had 
one  of  the  best  equipped  visual  presentation  operations  ever  seen  in 
the  Government.  He  was  a  genius.  He  had  unlimited  funds  under 
the  OSS,  and  with  this  agency  he  did  work  for  the  War  Department 
on  the  most  complex  presentations  of  military  matters  during  the 
war.  He  had  letters  of  recommendation  from  important  members 
of  the  General  Staff,  and  all  that  stuff.  On  the  side  he  was  using 
these  assets,  governmental  assets,  in  a  private  enterprise  of  his  own 
for  money,  and  we  found  out  about  it  in  our  investigation  in  October 
of  1946  when  the  Presentations  Associates  had  made  up  a  political 
documentary  for  the  Communist-controlled  union  in  the  United  Elec- 
trical Workers.  This,  of  course,  raised  a  tremendous  issue.  We 
didn't  know  whether  there  was  a  crime  involved  or  what,  but  we  cer- 
tainly knew  that  there  was  a  terrific  civil  misdemeanor.  So  we 
liquidated  the  people,  and  Presentations  Associates,  although  we 
couldn't  convince  the  Department  of  Justice  that  there  was  an  in- 
dictable crime.  I  personally  think  there  would  be  grave  doubts 
whether  there  was — I  don't  know.  That  is  the  story  on  Presentations 
Associates, 

]\Ir,  Morris.  To  go  back  to  some  matter  that  we  have  already  cov- 
ered : 

Did  the  organization  of  the  United  Nations  have  an  effect  on  the 
State  Department's  foreign  policy  mission? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes;  it  shifted  the  foreign  policy  process  of  formu- 
lation of  the  State  Department  from  a  geographical,  country-to- 
country  basis  in  which  the  test  of  your  policy  is  national  interest, 
to  international  considerations,  which  completely  diluted  the  factors 
of  enlightened  self-interest, 

Mr.  Morris.  Now,  would  you  enumerate  the  basic  problems  of  pol- 
icy and  reorganization  which  the  merger  in  the  United  Nations  or- 
ganization presented?  First,  where  did  the  concept  for  the  merger 
originate  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  the  concept  for  the  merger  originated  in  the 
Bureau  of  the  Budget.  I  would  say  that  roughly  there  were  about 
10  problems,  policy  and  organization,  that  were  basic  when  I  came 
into  the  Department,  and  which  had  to  be  solved. 

I  would  say  the  first  one  was  getting  policy  control  over  the  operat- 
ing units  that  came  in,  like  OWI  and  so  forth,  and  when  I  talk  about 


896  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

policy  control,  gentlemen,  I  couldn't  possibly  do  justice  to  the  mutinous 
conditions  which  prevailed  in  the  Department. 

These  people  came  in  there  and  were  telling  Foreign  Service  officers 
that  they  were  going  to  be  purged  in  the  new  regime,  and  all  that 
sort  of  thing.  I  had  to  stabilize  it;  and  when  I  say  "policy  control," 
I  am  understating  it.     I  could  use  "control." 

There  was  the  question  of  what  tyjDe  of  U.  N.  participation  would 
we  have,  and  who  would  have  a  voice  in  our  participation  in  U.  N. 
policy  in  the  Department.  In  other  words,  let's  say  you  had  a  British 
question  coming  up  in  the  United  Nations.  Welf,  would  the  British 
affairs  desk  in  the  Geographic  Division  be  consulted?  And  suppose 
Mr.  Alger  Hiss  or  somebody  disagreed  with  the  Geographic  Division, 
who  would  decide  and  what  would  be  our  policy  ? 

You  had  to  get  the  blueprints  on  that.  That,  I  think,  is  outlined 
in  General  Nelson's  report.     It  is  stated  there  as  a  prime  policy  issue. 

Another  one  I  have  mentioned  is  the  scope  of  the  intelligence 
mission  at  the  national  level,  and  within  the  Department  itself,  the 
question  being  on  both  points  the  preemption  of  foreign  policy; 
whether  you  could  do  it  through  the  outside  by  control  of  intelligence 
through  Treasury,  go  to  ONI  and  all  that  stuff,  and  then  impact  it  in 
the  Department,  or  whether  you  keep  that  out ;  and,  of  course,  whether 
you  would  have  the  Central  Intelligence  researchers  take  over  the 
intelligence  desk  in  the  Department. 

Then,  of  course,  the  Foreign  Service  Act.  I  think  I  might  spend 
a  little  time  on  that  as  to  what  happened,  and  it  shows  you  one  of  the 
problems  that  we  had. 

I  assigned  the  draft  of  legislation  to  a  committee  of  Foreign  Service 
officers  to  process,  and  the  instruction  I  gave  them  was:  "Make  sure 
that  you  get  the  best  thinking  in  the  Government  and  in  the  universi- 
ties on  this  thing,  and  make  sure  that  you  work  closely  with  the  various 
chairmen  in  the  Foreign  Ail'airs  Committees  in  the  House  and  Senate." 

They  did  that,  and  had  their  own  staff  board  of  senior  Foreign 
Service  officers,  which  advised  them  on  organizational  methods,  retire- 
ment, actuarial  rights  and  policies,  and  personnel  examinations.  We 
did  manage  to  come  up  with  a  pretty  good  bill  which  went  through 
both  committees  of  the  House  and  Senate,  and  we  finally  got  that 
approved  by  both  Houses,  with  just  one  dissenting  vote.  Then  we 
had  the  final  job  of  getting  it  concurred  by  the  Departments  in  interest, 
like  Commerce  and  Labor,  and  so  forth. 

We  had  a  few  nonconcurs,  which  we  managed  to  resolve  by  ac-  j 
commodations,  and  finally,  just  as  it  went  over  to  the  President — 
and  this  being  a  very  historic  action  for  the  Foreign  Service,  I  made 
arrangements  that  we  would  have  our  pictures  taken  with  the  Presi- 
dent and  the  presentation  and  that  sort  of  thing;  and  after  a  while 
I  found  out  that  the  people  in  the  White  House  weren't  ansAvering 
my  telephone  calls,  which  is  a  very  bad  situation  for  any  departmental 
officer  to  get  into. 

Then  finally,  about  2  days  before  this  act  would  lapse.  Dean  Acheson 
came  to  my  office  and  said,  "I  have  been  talking  to  Clark  Clifford," 
who  was  then  the  President's  counsel,  "and  the  President  is  in  doubt 
about  this  act  because  he  doesn't  know  whether  it  is  a  good  thins:  or 
not." 

This  was  Saturday — I  will  never  forget  this. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    EST    GOVERNMENT  897 

So  we  went  over  to  see  Clifford  and  talked  to  him  about  it  and  said 
Mr.  Byrnes  had  worked  for  this  thino;  and  both  Houses  of  Congress 
had  passed  it  with  but  one  dissenting  vote,  and  the  departments  had 
cleared  it,  and  what  was  wrong  with  it? 

Well,  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget  had  filed  one  of  these  reports  on 
it,  which  damned  it  with  faint  praise,  and  it  was  enough  to  create 
a  doubt  in  President  Truman's  mind,  and  he  insisted  that  we  set  up 
an  intercom  with  Mr.  Byrnes,  who  was  in  Paris,  to  make  absolutely 
certain  that  he  was  for  the  act.  And  it  was  in  this  intercom  that 
]Mr.  Byrnes  assured  Mr.  Truman  that  this  was  the  act  he  had  worked 
on  for  a  year,  and  he  ought  to  sign  it,  and  Senators  Vandenberg  and 
Connally  also  joined  in  the  recommendation.  So  it  was  signed  at  the 
eleventh  hour. 

The  reason  they  didn't  like  it  was  we  insisted  on  good  standards  of 
criteria  for  the  entrance  of  Foreign  Service  officers,  at  a  junior 
grade,  and  for  very  strict  criteria  on  entry  into  the  Foreign  Service 
of  officers  from  the  agencies,  and  that  was  where  the  issue  was,  with 
the  Bureau  of  the  Budget. 

The  other  questions — those  are  needed  for  the  modernization  of  the 
Department,  communications  and  physical  security,  budget  and  fin- 
ance operations,  that  we  did  with  everything  except  the  budget,  we 
couldn't  get  hold  of  that  one,  not  within  2  years. 

We  managed  to  move  the  Department  from  the  old  State  Building 
hito  the  new  building  where  it  is  now,  and  then  there  was  a  need  for 
a  complete  study  of  the  policy  patterns  on  the  Department  that  had 
been  built  up  over  a  period  of  years,  and  we  launched  a  study  which 
analyzes  the  organization,  the  structure,  the  makeup  and  the  incre- 
ments in  the  Department  at  several  phases  in  its  history,  starting  from 
1806  to  1946.  That  is  done  by  a  set  of  very  interesting  charts  which 
I  am  sure  would  be  of  assistance  to  your  committee  in  its  report.  That 
was  done  under  my  supervision. 

Mr.MoREis.  Mr.  Chairman,  the  staff  has  gone  over  with  Mr.  Panucli 
the  charts  mentioned  by  him.  They  are  very  informative,  rather 
concisely  set  together,  and  I  would  recommend  that  they  go  into  the 
record,  because  they  do  seem  to  be  valuable. 

The  Chairman.  They  may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  part  of 
the  record. 

(The  document  referred  to  was  inserted  in  the  appendix  of  the 
record.) 

Mr.  Morris.  There  is  one  report  on  the  organization  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  which  contains  a  history  of  the  State  Department, 
which  I  think  would  be  important  to  our  record. 

It  is  starting  in  1806  and  in  relatively  few  pages  shows  how  the 
State  Department  expanded  from  1806  to  the  time  of  its  publication 
in  1946. 

The  Chairman.  It  may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  part  of  the 
record. 

(The  document  referred  to  was  inserted  in  the  appendix  of  the 
record.) 

Mr.  Morris.  On  pages  39  to  40  in  this  same  volume  there  is  set  forth 
a  description  of  the  Department,  of  the  Special  Political  Affairs  De- 
partment, that  is  pertinent  to  the  testimony  that  is  given  here  today, 
by  Mr.  Panuch.     I  would  like  that  also  to  go  into  the  record. 


898  INTERLOCKESTG    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

The  Chairman.  It  may  go  into  the  record  and  become  a  part  of 
the  record. 

(The  document  referred  to  was  inserted  in  the  appendix  of  the 
record.) 

Mr.  Morris.  May  they  go  into  the  appendix  ? 

The  Chairman,  They  may  go  into  the  record  appendix. 

Senator  Welker.  May  I  ask  Mr.  Paniich  a  question? 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Welker. 

Senator  Welker.  Are  you  familiar  with  Mr.  Berle's  testimony, 
given  in  the  Congressional  Record,  page  1296  of  the  Congressional 
Record  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  read  it  at  the  time,  sir. 

Senator  Welker.  Tell  us,  who  was  Mr.  Berle? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Adolf  Berle  was  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for 
Administration,  and  I  believe  he  held  that  position  from  1936  to  1944. 
Precisely,  he  had  the  job  that  Mr.  Russell  had,  who  was  my  imme- 
diate superior  during  that  period. 

Senator  Welker.  I  will  ask  you  is  it  not  a  fact  that  he  testified  to 
the  effect  that  there  was  a  pro-Russian  group  in  the  State  Depart- 
ment, spearheaded  by  Dean  Acheson  and  Alger  Hiss?  Is  that  what 
you  read  of  his  testimony? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes,  sir. 

Senator  Welker.  Does  that  testimony  coincide  with  your  impres- 
sion? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  would  definitely  say  that  Mr.  Acheson  and  Mr.  Hiss 
at  the  time  that  I  was  in  the  Department  were  sympathetic  to  the 
Soviet  policy. 

Senator  Welker.  And  I  take  it  that  you  have  read  Robert  Sher- 
wood's book,  Roosevelt  and  Hopkins,  where  many  times  that  same  con- 
clusion was  referred  to,  about  the  pro-Russian  group  in  the  State  De- 
partment, and  their  feelings  thereon? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes,  sir. 

Senator  Welker.  I  think  I  have  no  further  questions. 

The  Chairman.  I  would  like  to  make  one  point  here.  In  relation 
to  your  dealings  with  and  the  reconnnendations  of  the  Bureau  of  the 
Budget,  is  it  your  impression  that  this  same  pro-Communist  influence 
might  have  been  there  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  sir,  I  don't  know  whether  it  was  pro-Commu- 
nist or  not,  but  it  was  certainly  pro-Soviet  and  pro-International. 

The  Chairman.  All  right. 

Mr.  Morris.  Senator  Welker  made  reference  to  testimony  given  by 
Mr.  Berle  before  the  House  Un-American  Activities  Committee. 

Mr.  JNIandel,  would  you  read  that  precise  portion  from  that  actual 
testimony  ? 

Mr.  Mandel.  It  is  the  testimony  of  Adolf  Berle,  Jr.,  before  the 
House  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities,  on  August  30,  1948, 
published  on  page  1296  of  the  hearings  of  that  body : 

Mr.  Berle.  As  I  think  many  i)eople  know,  in  the  fall  of  1944  there  was  a  dif- 
ference of  opinion  in  the  State  Department.  I  felt  that  the  Russians  were  not 
going  to  be  sympathetic  and  cooperative.  Victory  was  then  assured,  though  not 
complete,  and  the  intelligence  reports  which  were  in  nfy  charge,  among  other 
things,  indicated  a  very  aggressive  policy  not  at  all  in  line  with  the  kind  of  coop- 
eration everyone  was  hoping  for,  and  I  was  pressing  for  a  pretty  clean-cut  show- 
down then  when  our  position  was  strongest. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  899 

The  opposite  group  in  tlie  State  Department  was  largely  the  men :  Mr.  Ache- 
son's  group,  of  course,  with  Mr.  Hiss  as  his  principal  assistant  in  the  matter. 
Whether  that  was  a  difference  on  foreign  policy — and  the  question  could  be 
argued  both  ways ;  it  wasn't  clean  cut — was  a  problem,  but  at  that  time  Mr, 
Hiss  did  take  what  we  would  call  today  the  pro-Russian  point  of  view. 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  is  a  fair  statement  of  the  situation  in  1945, 1946, 
when  I  was  in  the  Department. 

Mr.  Morris.  Based  on  your  experience  in  the  Department? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes. 

Senator  Welker.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  I  have  another  question? 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Welker. 

Senator  Welker.  Mr.  Panuch,  a  moment  ago  we  referred  to  Mr. 
Acheson  and  his  pro-Russian  group  in  the  State  Department.  I  will 
ask  you  whether  or  not,  in  your  opinion,  that  Acheson-Hiss  pro-Rus- 
sian group  in  the  State  Department  contributed  to  the  infiltration  of 
Communists  or  Communist  sympathizers  within  the  State  Depart- 
ment ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  It  is  almost  impossible  to  answer  that,  sir,  respon- 
sively. 

I  would  say  that  the  biggest  single  thing  that  contributed  to  the 
infiltration  of  the  State  Department  was  the  merger  of  1945.  The 
effects  of  that  are  still  being  felt,  in  my  judgment. 

Mr.  Morris.  In  other  words,  all  these  people  from  these  agencies, 
unscreened  personnel,  were  being  brought  into  the  State  Department  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  is  right. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Panuch,  do  you  know  who  was  the  liaison 
officer,  for  example,  between  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget  and  the  White 
House  ?     Did  you  come  into  that  in  any  way  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  No,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  You  testified  a  while  ago  that  you  encountered 
opposition  to  your  reorganization  suggestion.  From  what  groups  did 
you  encounter  this  opposition  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  I  would  say  it  was  almost  exclusively — the  big 
fight  was  on  the  Intelligence  setup,  but  there  I  had  the  support  of 
the  two  Assistant  Secretaries  in  charge  of  the  geographic  units,  Assist- 
ant Secretary  Dunn  and  Assistant  Secretary  Braden,  and  most  of  the 
old-line  officers. 

The  Chairman.  What  attitude  did  the  geographic  officers  take  to- 
ward this? 

Mr.  Panuch.  To  the  Intelligence  thing? 

The  Chairman.  Yes. 

Mr.  Panuch.  They  thought  it  was  a  terrible  thing;  it  was  going 
to  take  them  over. 

Mr.  Morris.  Did  any  other  groups  oppose  you  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  the  opposition  was  all  of  the  incoming  groups. 

Mr.  Morris.  Were  there  any  serious  controversies  involving  policy 
control  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes.  I  don't  want  to  repeat.  The  major  policy  con- 
trol issue  was  the  Intelligence,  at  the  national  level,  and  the  Intelli- 
gence within  the  State  Department;  and,  of  course,  the  critical  one 
was  the  Alger  Hiss  attempt  to  move  his  office  into  the  Under  Sec- 
retary's Office. 

Then  there  was  the  one  I  have  described  about  the  Foreign  Service 
Act.    We  almost  lost  that  for  two  reasons,  that  I  have  mentioned. 


900  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

at  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget's  efforts.  And,  of  course,  the  loyalty 
program  which  we  won  but  lost  very  shortly  after — in  1947. 

Mr.  Morris.  That  is  about  the  extent  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Those  were  the  big  ones.  There  were  an  awful  lot 
of  fights,  but  those  were  the  big  ones,  having  substance. 

Mr.  Morris.  How  were  these  controversies  related  to  issues  of  policy 
control  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  Mr.  Morris,  every  organizational  question  in  a 
policy  agency — mind  you,  the  State  Department  deals  with  nothing 
except  communications,  estimates,  and  policy,  and  if  you  control  a 
point  in  the  State  Department,  by  Anrtue  of  your  position  you  deter- 
mine the  initiation  of  a  given  policy. 

So,  therefore,  any  organizational  fact  in  the  State  Department  or 
in  the  Joint  Chiefs  of  Staff  or  in  the  National  Security  Council,  or 
even  in  the  Treasury  Department,  or  in  the  Army,  Navy  services,  in- 
volves a  policy-control  matter. 

Mr.  Morris.  Just  another  question: 

Will  you  discuss  this  in  relation  to  control  of  atomic  energy?  That 
issue  had  arisen  by  then,  had  it  not? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  issue  arose  in  1946. 

Mr.  Morris.  Will  you  tell  us  about  that,  please? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  had  learned  about  that  when  I  was  in  the  Office  of 
War  Mobilization,  prior  to  that.  That  is  where  I  got  familiar 
with  it. 

Mr.  James  Newman  was  in  that  office,  and  he  was  in  charge  of  atomic- 
energy  matters,  which  then  came  up  at  a  level  of  the  Office  of  War 
Mobilization,  the  supreme  domestic  office  of  the  President;  he  ad- 
vocated socialization  of  atomic  energy  as  a  force  so  destructive  that 
it  should  not  be  permitted  to  be  either  under  Army  control  or  under 
business  control  where  it  might  be  utilized  for  antisocial  purposes. 

When  I  came  into  the  State  Department,  shortly  after  I  came  into 
this  Department,  there  was  a  so-called  Acheson-Lilienthal  plan  for 
the  international  control  of  atomic  energy. 

Mr.  Morris.  In  other  words,  that  was  a  plan  in  being? 

]\Ir.  Panuch.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  Morris.  Well  defined,  and  it  set  forth  a  particular  course  of 
action  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  Morris.  I  wonder  if  you  could  tell  us  what  that  was  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes;  it  is  a  matter  of  record,  but  roughly  it  was  a 
question  of  we  put  in  all  our  stuff  with  the  Russians,  and  we  would 
have  no  adequate  control  over  their  operations,  and  we  opposed  that, 
and  Mr.  Herbert  Marks  had  charge  of  that  for  Mr.  Acheson.  Mr. 
Marks,  I  believe,  was  counsel  to  the  TVA  when  Mr.  Lilienthal  was 
Director,  and  he  had  a  personal  interest  in  it.  We  opposed  it  for 
the  simple  reason  that  we  believed  that  we  had  an  edge  in  atomic  en- 
ergy and  atomic  weapons,  and  we  should  keep  that  to  ourselves  and 
not  dish  it  out  to  people  who  might  be  our  mortal  enemies. 

Finally,  I  think  Mr.  Byrnes,  at  my  suggestion,  and  Mr.  Frederick 
Searls'  suggestion,  asked  Mr.  Baruch  as  to  whether  he  would  repre- 
sent us  in  the  United  Nations  on  this  question  of  resolving  control  of 
atomic  energy,  and  under  what  conditions  that  control  would  be  safe- 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  901 

guarded.  And  Mr.  Baruch  had  with  him  Mr.  Searls  and  Generals 
Farrel  and  Eberstadt. 

Mr.  Morris.  In  other  words,  they  opposed  the  plan.  What  was 
their  basis  of  opposition  to  the  Acheson-Lilienthal  plan  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  For  the  reasons  I  stated — it  was  turning  it  over  on  a 
group-balance  basis  without  adequate  control  of  our  interests  and 
seeing  that  there  was  adequate  control. 

Mr.  Morris.  How  was  that  resolved  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  The  Acheson-  Lilienthal  group  was  superseded  by  this 
takeover  by  Bernard  Baruch  and  Eberstadt  and  Searls  in  the  AEC, 
"and  they  insisted  on  dual-equal  control,  and  it  never  got  to  first  base 
because  the  Russians  opposed  it. 

Senator  Welker.  Will  you  again  tell  the  committee  the  Acheson- 
Lilienthal  plan  on  atomic  energy  ?     I  missed  that. 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  wonder  if  I  can  repeat  it. 

Senator  Welker.  I  am  sure  that  you  can. 

Mr.  Panuch.  The  essence  of  the  Acheson-Lilienthal  plan  in  a  sen- 
tence was  that  it  provided  for  the  internationalization  of  atomic 
energy  on  the  assumption  that  we  and  the  Russians  and  the  British 
were  all  going  to  be  cooperating  partners  in  the  new  world,  and  that 
we  could  all  cooperate  with  each  other  on  the  basis  of  mutual  trust 
and  confidence. 

Senator  Welker.  And  you  doubted  that? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  doubted  it ;  yes,  sir. 

Senator  Welker.  And  you  liacl  to  seek  outside  help  to  protect  you  in 
that,  did  you  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Sir,  that  is  not  quite  correct.  I  opposed  it  within  the 
Department,  and  we  finally  made  our  position  effective. 

Senator  Welker.  Well,  your  effective  opposition  was  seeking  out 
Bernard  Baruch.     Is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Panuch.  In  this  sense.  Senator :  Mr.  Frederick  Searls  and  Mr. 
Franz  Snyder,  who  were  a  part  of  Mr.  Byrnes'  team  brought  into  the 
Department — we  all  opposed  it.  Wlien  Mr.  Byrnes  came  back  from 
Europe,  we  said  this  should  be  taken  at  the  highest  level,  and  some- 
body like  Bernard  Baruch  should  take  it  over  for  us. 

Senator  Welker.  Then  your  team,  as  you  say,  together  sought  out 
and  received  the  aid  of  Bernard  Baruch? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Yes,  sir;  through  Secretary  Byrnes  and  President 
Truman. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Morris. 

Mr.  Morris.  To  get  back  to  the  merger  again,  Mr.  Panuch,  do  you 
think  that  the  State  Department  merger  had  a  long-range  political 
objective? 

Mr.  Panuch.  That  is  my  opinion. 

Mr.  Morris.  It  is  an  opinion  based  on  your  experience  in  dealing 
with  it,  and  you  were  the  person  putting  it  through  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Experience  in  the  Government.  I  have  a  very  definite 
opinion  on  it. 

I  think  the  plan  was  revolutionary,  revolutionary  in  the  sense  that 
it  was  intended  to  establish  the  machinery  of  perpetual  control  of  na- 
tional policy  through  the  control  of  foreign  policy  and  expenditures, 
and  I  have  prepared  a  statement  on  that,  which  I  beg  leave  to  submit 
to  this  committee  and  ask  to  have  incorporated  into  the  record. 


902  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

Senator  Welker.  Can  you  tell  us  briefly  what  it  is  about,  Mr. 
Panuch  ? 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Panuch,  we  have  a  24-hour  rule  for  this  com- 
mittee, before  we  receive  any  statements  of  witnesses,  and  you  have 
complied  with  that,  and  your  statement  will  go  into  the  record  and 
become  a  part  of  the  record. 

Mr.  Morris.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  I  point  out  that  some  of  that 
statement  deals  with  a  period  of  time  that  Mr.  Panuch  was  not  actu- 
ally in  the  State  Department.  With  that  limitation,  may  it  go  into  the 
record?  It  is  an  amplification  of  his  direct  testimony  to  the  extent 
that  he  talks  about  the  time  that  he  was  in  the  State  Department. 

To  the  extent  that  he  talks  about  periods  other  than  his  tenure  in  the 
Department,  may  it  go  into  the  record  as  an  opinion  of  Mr.  Panuch, 
qualified  as  it  was  today? 

The  Chairman.  It  may. 

(The  document  referred  to  follows:) 

Statement  of  J.  Anthoni'  Panuch 

(Former  Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for  Administration,  and  Coordina- 
tor of  ttie  Merger  and  Reorganization  of  tlie  Department  of  State  under 
Executive  Orders  9608,  9621,  and  9630;  submitted  in  connection  witli  testimony 
before  the  Senate  Subcommittee  on  Internal  Security,  June  25,  1953) 

Any  comprehensive  investigation  of  subversive  infiltration  of  the  State  Depart- 
ment immediately  after  World  War  II,  for  the  purpose  of  influencing  our  foreign 
policy,  necessarily  involves  inter  alia  the  following  questions  : 

1.  Whether,  during  the  period  of  1945-47  subversive  infiltration  of  the  State 
Department  was  effected  and  the  scope  and  dimensions  thereof. 

2.  Whether  such  infiltration  was  designed  to  accomplish,  and  did  in  fact 
accomplish,  a  radical  change  in  the  character,  structure,  and  orientation  of 
the  State  Department  as  the  foreign  policy  instrumentality  of  the  United  States 
Government. 

3.  Whether  such  infiltration  was  for  the  purpose  of  exercising  influence  or 
control  over  the  processes  of  United  States  foreign-policy  formulation,  inter- 
pretation, and  administration ;  the  extent,  if  any,  to  which  sucli  purposes  were 
accomplishetl  and  the  ideological  motivation  therefor ;  and 

4.  Whether  such  infiltration  was  adverse  to  or  inconsistent  with  the  preserva- 
tion of  our  free  institutions  and  the  national  interest. 

These  questions  in  their  necessary  implication  raise  profound  and  highly  con- 
troversial issues  with  respect  to  the  relation  of  the  individual  and  the  state; 
between  individual  freedom  and  national  security  in  a  world  aflame  with  revolu- 
tion ;  of  the  character  and  degree  of  interdependence  between  our  vital  national 
interest  and  the  integrity  of  our  processes  of  foreign  policy  formulation  and 
administration. 

Accordingly,  I  respectfully  request  that  this  statement  be  accepted  for  the 
record  of  the  hearings  as  a  part  of  my  testimony  before  this  committee. 


Our  national  survival  is  dependent  on  our  strategic  and  internal  security.  In 
a  democracy  such  as  ours,  public  opinion  decisively  influences  the  course  of  polit- 
ical action.  The  capacity  to  move  decisively  in  international  matters — of  vital 
importance  to  the  Nation — is  dependent  on  genuine  popular  support.  Such 
support  when  withheld  from  the  Chief  Executive  in  the  conduct  of  the  Nation's 
foreign  affairs,  because  of  deepseated  popular  distrust  of  the  ideological  orienta- 
tion of  his  foreign  policies,  usually  has  one  of  two  fateful  consequences  to  our 
national  security :  Either  it  paralyses  the  Nation's  political  initiative  and  will 
to  act;  or  (as  in  the  case  of  Korea)  the  Executive's  action  is  subsequently  re- 
pudiated at  the  polls.  In  either  event  the  prestige  of  the  United  States  as  the 
leader  of  the  free  world  coalition  suffers  irreparable  injury  in  the  eyes  of  other 
nations.  Even  if  the  full  conspiracy  is  thwarted  by  the  people's  alertness  and 
revulsion,  therefore,  some  damage  remains. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  903 

To  win  results  such  as  these ;  to  confuse  our  purpose ;  to  undermine  our  free 
institutions ;  to  promote  national  tensions  and  disunity  are  cardinal  objectives 
of  the  Kremlin's  clandestine  strategy  of  political  warfare  against  the  internal 
security  of  the  United  States.  To  gain  these  strategic  ends,  the  Kremlin  will 
strike  unerringly — with  precision  and  subtlety — at  the  weakest  point  of  our 
iwlitical  structure. 

It  has  done  so  in  the  past  and  will  continue  to  do  so  in  the  future  by  skillful 
utilization  of  direct  and,  above  all,  of  indirect  accomplices  as  the  instrumen- 
talities of  its  hostile  purpose.^ 

This  great  danger  to  our  institutions  was  recently  pointed  out  by  Ambassador 
George  F.  Kennan.^ 

n 

The  men  in  the  Kremlin  are  undoubtedly  familiar  with  Abraham  Lincoln's 
admonition  that  "If  this  Nation  is  ever  destroyed  it  will  be  from  within ;  not 
from  without."  Profound  students  of  history,  they  realize  that  the  most  subtle 
and  deadly  method  of  accomplishing  our  destruction  from  within  is  to  under- 
mine our  free  institutions  in  the  name  of  civil  liberties ;  to  cartelize  the  flow 
of  thought  and  expression  in  the  name  of  freedom  of  speech,  opinion,  press,  and 
advocacy ;.  to  enmesh  our  strategic  security  and  political  initiative  in  illusory 
collective  security  arrangements ;  to  effect  the  collectivization  of  our  free  society 
in  the  name  of  Messianic  global  reform. 

As  acute  students  of  our  national  psychology,  they  undoubtedly  realized  that 
our  constitutional  institutions  could  be  bypassed  or  exploited  against  themselves 
most  effectively  if  the  job  were  left  to  the  initiative  of  "men  of  zeal,  well  mean- 
ing but  without  understanding" — particularly  if  they  were  in  a  position  to  in- 
fluence the  formulation  or  course  of  our  national  policy. 

This  type  of  masked  political  assault — to  influence  or  immobilize  American 
policy  in  the  interest  of  Soviet  revolutionary  imperialism  is  much  more  difiicult 
to  detect  and  much  more  dangerous  than  ordinary  espionage.  Our  Constitution 
limits  the  crime  of  treason  to  "levying  war  against  them  (the  United  States)  or 
in  adhering  to  their  enemies,  giving  them  aid  and  comfort."  In  an  undeclared 
war  such  as  our  present  cold  war  with  the  Kremlin,  or  in  a  "police  action"  such 
as  Korea,  aid  and  comfort  or  adhering  to  the  enemy  is  not  punishable  treason 
as  constitutionally  defined. 

These  circumstances  simplify  the  Kremlin's  problem  of  influencing  the  devel- 
opment and  course  of  our  national  policy.  For  this  purpose  agents,  members 
of  the  Communist  Party,  United  States  of  America,  Soviet  sympathizers  and 
fellow-travelers  have  been  effectively  used.  Great  reliance  has  been  placed  on 
the  use  of  the  "unwitting"  or  "unconscious"  accomplice — a  technique  known  in 
security  and  counter-intelligence  operation  as  "indirect  complicity." 

Former  Under  Secretary  of  State  Welles  has  described  this  technique  (which 
he  mistakenly  seems  to  believe  is  the  invention  of  the  German  General  Staff)  as 
follows : ' 

"We  are  consequently  too  inclined  to  believe  that  that  (indirect,  unconscious 
complicity)  'can  never  happen  here'  because  the  American  citizen  is  not  apt 
knowingly  to  become  a  traitor.  The  danger  lies  in  our  failure  to  recognize  that 
the  German  General  Staff  looks  for  the  weakest  spot  in  the  political  structure  of 
each  country,  and  that  in  the  Anglo-Saxon  democracies  the  weakest  point  is  not 
the  direct  accomplice  but  the  indirect  accomplice." 

Mr.  Welles  points  out  the  danger  of  this  technique  to  our  internal  security  as 
follows : 

"At  first  glance  the  theory  of  indirect  complicity  seems  very  simple  and  easy 
to  deal  with.  It  obviously  implies  the  use  by  a  foreign  power  for  its  own  ends 
the  nationals  of  another  power  without  their  conscious  knowledge.  But  it  would 
be  disastrous  to  dismiss  the  danger  lightly  because  of  a  belief  that  we  can  readily 
construct  the  necessary  legal  safegTiards,  or  that  we  can  meet  it  solely  by  ex- 
panding our  existing  intelligence  agencies.  *  *  *  The  very  nature  of  the  German 
plan  will,  in  peacetimes,  seem  fantastic." 


1  "Men  born  to  freedom  are  naturally  alert  to  repel  the  invasion  of  tlieir  liberty  by  evil- 
minded  rulers.  The  greatest  dangers  to  liberty  lurk  in  insidious  encroachment  by  men 
of  zeal,  well  meaning  but  without  understanding"  (Mr.  Justice  Brandeis  dissenting, 
Olmstead  v.  U.  S.  (277  U.  S.  438  (1928) ). 

2  <<*  *  *  rpjjg  American  concept  of  world  law  ignores  those  means  of  international 
offense  *  *  *  those  means  of  the  projection  of  power  and  coercion  over  other  peoples — 
■which  bypass  institutional  forms  entirely  or  even  exploit  them  against  themselves.  Such 
things  as  ideological  attack,  intimidation,  penetration,  and  disguised  seizure  of  the 
institutional  paraphernalia  of  national  sovereignty"  (George  F.  Kennan,  American  Diplo- 
macy 1900-50,  p.  98). 

3  Time  for  Decision,  Sumner  Welles,  p.  246.     Harper,  1944. 


904  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

The  German  use  of  indirect  accomplices  was  largely  confined  to  industrialists 
and  iwliticians.  The  Soviets,  on  the  other  hand,  preferred  to  concentrate  on 
the  native  intelligentsia  ^  for  whom  communism  had  a  powerful  appeal. 

"Creeping  Socialists"  employing  the  "encroaching  control"  method  of  revolu- 
tionary activity  within  the  policy  machinery  of  the  United  States  Government 
make  exceptionally  useful  indirect  accomplices  in  the  Soviet  scheme  of  operation. 
This  is  so  because  of  the  clandestine  nature  of  the  encroaching  control  technique 
which  was  blueprinted  as  long  ago  as  1926 :  ^ 

"One  good  man  with  his  eyes,  ears,  and  wits  about  him  inside  the  Department, 
whether  it  be  the  Interior,  or  the  Treasury  where  the  Government's  tax  policies 
originate,  can  do  more  to  perfect  the  technique  of  control  over  industry  than  a 
hundred  men  outside." 

Encroaching  control  was  effectively  employed  in  shaping  the  domestic  policy 
of  the  United  States  by  the  initiation,  interpretation,  and  administrative  im- 
.plementation  of  reform  legislation.  But  it  really  came  into  its  own  after  Pearl 
Harbor  when  the  War  Powers  Act  enormously  enhanced  the  powers  of  the 
Executive  and  shrouded  its  operations  in  the  veil  of  wartime  secrecy. 

This  was  accomplished  by  a  mass  infiltration  of  special  foreign  war  agencies 
created  by  the  Government  to  operate  in  the  political,  economic  and  paramilitary 
fields  of  propaganda,  psychological  warfare  and  foreign  intelligence.  These 
agencies,  with  the  Treasury  Department,  partly  preempted  the  functions  of  the 
State  Department  in  the  field  of  foreign  policy  during  the  war,  but  were  inter- 
meshed  with  the  State  Department  through  interdepartmental  committees. 
They  were  merged  with  the  State  Department  immediately  after  the  war  in 
Ocober  of  194.5. 

Ill 

It  was  World  War  II  which  gave  the  Soviet  plan  its  impetus.  During  this 
period  a  massive  infiltration  of  sensitive  agencies  of  the  Government  took  place. 
Pro-Communists  and  personnel  of  subversive  and  revolutionary  tendencies  were 
able  to  establish  themselves  in  strategic  "slots"  due  to  the  following  factors : 

1.  The  war :  Universal  preoccupation  with  the  all-important  objective  of 
winning  the  war  created  a  general  relaxation  toward  American  Communists 
ibecause  of  sympathy  for  the  people  of  the  Soviet  Union  engaged  in  the  common 
fight  against  Hitler. 

2.  War  agencies :  Temporary  war  agencies  operating  in  the  politico-military 
field  in  such  sensitive  areas  as  intelligence,  propaganda,  economic  warfare  and 
paramilitary  and  parapolitical  operations  gave  revolutionary  elements  in  Ameri- 
can life  the  long-sought  opportunity  to  invade  en  masse  the  area  of  foreign  affairs. 

3.  The  Hatch  Act:  The  Hatch  Act  was  supposed  to  be  the  legal  bar  to  employ- 
ment of  Communists  in  Government.  But  the  law  required  legal  proof  of  mem- 
bership in  the  Coumiunist  Party  which,  as  a  practical  matter,  was  virtually 
impossible  to  obtain.  And  the  act  provided  no  remedy  as  to  fellow  travelers,  or 
other  subversives,  actual  or  potential. 

4.  Supreme  Court  decisions :  In  1943,  in  the  Schneiderman  case,  the  Supreme 
Court  indicated  that  it  was  possible  to  advocate  the  fundamental  teachings  of  the 
Communist  Party  and  "still  be  attached  to  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States." 

There  was  also  the  dictum  of  Justice  Jackson  in  the  West  Virginia  State  Board 
of  Education  v.  Burnette  (319  U.  S.  624  (1943) ),  in  which  he  issued  the  following 
caveat : 

"If  there  is  any  fixed  star  in  our  constitutional  constellation,  it  is  that  no  official, 
high  or  petty,  can  prescribe  what  shall  be  orthodox  in  politics,  nationalism, 
religion,  or  other  matters  of  opinion,  or  force  citizens  to  confess  by  word  or  act 
their  faith  therein." 

5.  Emasculated  loyalty  regulations:  In  1942  a  civil-service  regulation  was 
enacted  permitting  the  dismissal  of  Federal  employees  concerning  whose  loyalty 
there  was  a  reasonable  doubt.  The  Schneiderman  decision  and  the  Jackson 
dictum  in  the  Burnette  case  in  1943,  made  any  meaningful  administration  of  this 
regulation  in  the  civilian  agencies  of  Government  virtually  impossil^le.  (The 
armed  services  had  special  security  legislation  which  permitted  removals  in  the 


*  Indeed  the  appeal  of  the  Communist  philosophy  as  distinguished  from  Communist  slogans 
has  always  been  to  the  disillusioned  intelligentsia.  It  offers  them  the  power  of  which  they 
are  deprived,  and  a  theory  for  its  ruthless  use  ;  and  it  provides  them  with  a  scientific 
philosophy  which  satisfies  their  religious  cravings  while  permitting  them  to  feel  up  to  date. 
R.  H.  S.  Cross-man,  New  Fabian  Essays,  p.  13.  ,    ^        ,  ^„    ^„„„ 

5  Encroaching  Control,  Stephen  Raushenbush,  The  New  Leader,  March  5  and  12,  1926. 


I 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  905 

best  interests  of  the  service.)  It  was  common  knowledge  that  the  Communist- 
dominated  Federal  Workers  Union  dictated  to  the  Civil  Service  Commission  the 
kind  of  questions  which  could  be  asked  in  its  investigation  of  loyalty. 

The  testimony  before  the  Civil  Service  Committee  of  the  House  of  Representa- 
tives during  1946  shows  conclusively  that  the  Civil  Service  Commission  was  not 
allotted  the  funds  essential  to  administer  the  wartime  loyalty  regulation.  The 
result  of  this  was  that  only  a  small  proportion  of  the  civilian  employees  entering 
the  wartime  agencies  were  screened  for  security  or  loyalty. 


World  War  II  had  demonstrated  that  the  most  subtle  and  effective  way  to 
shape  domestic  policy  in  the  United  States  was  to  freeze  and  control  the  pattern 
of  the  economy  through  heavy  Federal  expenditures  generated  by  war  or  an 
extended  foreign  crisis.  Applying  this  technique  to  the  postwar  situation  it 
was  clear  that  continuance  of  great  expenditures,  if  geared  to  an  appropriate 
external  emergency,  would  establish  the  political  and  propaganda  base  on  which 
the  redistributive  tax  levels  and  economic  controls  indispensable  to  any  program 
of  socialization  could  be  legislated.  In  such  a  climate  of  postwar  emergency, 
control  of  foreign  policy  would  amount  to  a  disguised  but  virtual  monopoly  over 
our  national  policy. 

Further,  if  working  control  of  United  States  foreign  policy  were  focalized  in 
the  United  Nations  Organization,  the  role  of  Congress  in  our  foreign  affairs 
could  be  bypassed  or  at  least  assured  by  massive  propaganda  attacking  its  "pro- 
vincial" sabotage  of  the  machinery  for  the  preservation  of  world  peace. 

To  accomplish  this  objective,  the  merger  of  the  personnel,  functions,  properties, 
and  funds  of  five  huge  wartime  foreign  agencies  with  the  State  Department  was 
accomplished  by  Executive  order  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Bureau  of  the 
Budget.  These  agencies  included  the  Foreign  Economic  Administration,  Office 
of  War  Information,  Office  of  Inter-American  Affairs,  certain  elements  of  the 
Office  of  Strategic  Services,  and  the  Office  of  Foreign  Liquidation. 

The  underlying  purposes  of  this  merger,  in  my  opinion,  were : 

1.  To  shift  control  over  the  formulation  of  foreign  policy  from  the  career 
Foreign  Service  officers  of  the  Department  to  personnel  of  reliable  ideological 
orientation. 

2.  To  acquire  control  over  all  sources  of  foreign  intelligence  in  the  State 
Department. 

3.  To  centralize  control  over  the  foreign  intelligence  operations  of  all  Federal 
departments  and  agencies,  including  the  military  departments  of  the  FBI. 

4.  To  shift  the  center  of  gravity  in  the  process  of  United  States  foreign  policy 
formulation  from  a  national  to  an  international  orientation  via  the  supranational 
United  Nations  Organization. 

5.  To  build  in  the  United  Nations  Secretariat  and  in  the  Department  of  State 
a  propaganda  machine  which  would  establish  the  new  order  and  market  its 
policies  on  a  domestic  and  international  basis. 

6.  To  maintain  foreign  policy  control,  irrespective  of  any  changes  in  the  national 
administration,  through  control  over  the  hiring  and  firing  of  all  personnel  of  the 
State  Department  and  the  Foreign  Service. 

7.  To  control  the  recruitment  of  American  personnel  for  the  Secretariat  of  the 
United  Nations  Oi-ganization. 

8.  To  gain  control  over  the  recruitment  of  United  States  personnel  of  the 
military  government  oi'ganizations  in  Germany,  Japan,  Austria,  and  Korea  as 
and  when  these  organizations  were  transferred  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the  State 
E)epartment. 

The  Bureau  of  the  Budget  directed  merger  under  the  War  Powers  Act  provided 
the  color  of  authority,  the  funds,  and  the  ideologically  qualified  personnel  to 
transfer  this  blueprint  into  reality  under  the  disarming  guise  of  a  routine 
economy  measure  and  under  cover  of  the  chaos  incident  to  demobilization. 

Thus,  in  September  and  October  of  1945  the  State  Department — theretofore  a 
relatively  small,  but  compact  policy  agency — became  a  huge,  bloated  organiza- 
tion with  a  confused  mission,  swamped  with  inexperienced,  untrained — and  what 
is  worse,  unscreened — personnel. 

The  merger  precipitated  a  battle  for  jwlicy  control  in  the  Department  which 
engendered  savage  infighting.  Eventually  the  situation  was  moderately  stabilized, 
but  the  problem  of  eliminating  imdesirable  personnel  was  never  resolved  because 
the  effective  loyalty  and  security  program  set  up  for  the  purpose  in  July  of  1946 
(under  Secretary  Byrnes)  was  superseded  by  a  Governmentwide  program  in- 
stalled late  in  1947,  which  made  the  elimination  of  undesirable  personnel  virtually 
impossible. 


906  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 


In  assessing  the  impact  of  the  merger  on  tlie  State  Department  and  the  formu- 
lation of  our  foreign  policies,  it  is  important  to  understand  the  political  ideology 
of  the  great  masses  of  personnel  transferred  to  the  Department.  For  the  most 
part  they  were  people  with  little  experience  in  foreign  affairs.  Their  ideology 
was  far  to  the  left  of  the  views  held  by  the  I'resident  and  his  Secretary  of  State. 

The  end  of  this  ideology  may  fairly  be  described  as  a  socialized  America  In  a 
world  connnonwealth  of  Communist  and  Socialist  states  dedicated  to  peace 
through  collective  security,  political,  economic,  and  social  reform ;  and  the  redis- 
tribution of  national  wealth  on  a  global  basis. 

The  doctrinaire  theology  underlying  this  dream  of  peaceful  world  reform  can 
be  rediiced  to  a  few  articles  of  faith  which — despite  their  invalidation  by  the 
events  of  the  past  12  years — are  still  accorded  the  force  of  dogma.  These  were 
accorded  wide  publicity  when  summed  up  by  Thomas  Mann  in  his  The  Coming 
Victory  of  Democracy  published  in  1938.    Briefly  :  ° 

1.  Socialism  alone  is  an  entirely  moral  impulse,  an  impulse  of  conscience  con- 
cerned only  with  human  welfare  and  peace.  Socialism  is  true  democracy.  Paci- 
fism is  the  hallmark  of  socialism  and  democracy. 

2.  Nationalism  when  appearing  in  highly  industrialized  nations  is  a  thoroughly 
aggressive  impulse  directed  against  the  entire  world.  Its  concern  is  not  with 
conscience  but  with  power,  not  with  human  achievement  but  with  war.  Patrio- 
tism, capitalism,  and  imperialism  are  the  emotional  and  material  dynamics  of 
militaristic  nationalism. 

3.  Fascism  as  manifested  in  Nazi  Germany,  Mussolini's  Italy,  and  Franco's 
Spain  is  the  perversion  of  socialism  to  the  aggressive  ends  of  militaristic  nation- 
alism ;  and  is  alone  the  sole  and  mortal  threat  to  world  peace.  If  the  world 
cannot  achieve  peace  and  progress  it  will  be  due  solely  to  fascism  and  its 
so-called  dynamics. 

4.  Soviet  communism :  The  Soviet  Union,  whatever  its  revolutionary  menace  to 
the  capitalistic  order  and  whatever  its  internal  policies,  is  a  peacefully  disposed 
socialist  nation  which  does  not  imperil  world  peace,  the  essential  on  which  all 
else  depends. 

5.  National  communism:  In  backward  nations  requiring  modernization  and 
industrialization  but  unused  to  parliamentary  democracy,  this  form  of  national 
state  is  the  only  acceptable  predecessor  to  socialism. 

The  underlying  influence  of  this  ideological  orientation  in  the  course  of  our 
political  action  from  World  War  II  through  Korea  seems  evident.  The  im- 
pervious i-efusal  to  fact  the  implications  of  Soviet  world  imperialism;  the  deci- 
sions of  Teheran,  Yalta,  and  Potsdam  ;  the  unquestioning  acceptance  of  the  United 
Nations  as  the  sole  formula  for  the  maintenance  of  world  peace;  the  abandon- 
ment of  nationalist  China  are  not  a  series  of  political  blunders  or  mishaps.  They 
cannot  be  explained  in  terms  of  our  vital  national  interest  or  of  our  strategic 
security.  They  can  only  be  explained  as  the  logical  and  purposive  implementation 
of  a  priori  revolutionary  doctrine  oblivious  to  such  considerations. 

CONCLUSION 

In  one  of  his  last  messages  to  Stalin,  the  late  President  Roosevelt  cabled :  "I 
am  sure  you  are  aware  that  genuine  popular  support  in  the  United  States  is 
required  to  carry  out  any  policy,  foreign  or  domestic.  The  American  people  make 
up  their  mind  and  no  government  action  can  change  it." 

For  the  past  7  years,  the  people  of  the  United  States  have  been  deeply  divided 
and  confused  over  the  course  and  orientation  of  our  foreign  policy  culminating 
in  the  Korean  war.  In  the  last  election,  the  first  since  1940  in  which  foreign 
policy  was  made  a  national  issue,  they  overwhelmingly  voted  for  a  change. 

The  supreme  mission  of  internal  security  whether  it  be  exercised  by  the  Chief 
Executive,,  or  by  the  Congress  or  by  the  Supreme  Court  in  their  respective  con- 
stitutional fields  is  to  safeguard  the  right  of  the  people  to  "make  up  their  mind" 
and  to  determine  their  own  destiny.  This  is  particularly  vital  when  the  popular 
will  conflicts  with  that  of  an  anonymous  bureaucratic  elite  who  have  a  vested 
interest  in  or  are  the  prisoners  of  a  policy  which  the  people  have  rejected.    The 


«  Thomas  Mann  in  his  The  Coming  Victory  of  Democracy  (1938)  says:  "Whatever  one 
niav  think  of  socialism  from  the  point  of  view  of  economic  and  political  indivicUialism.  one 
must  admit  that  it  is  peace  loving,  pacifist  even  to  the  point  of  endangering  itself.  From 
its  very  nature  it  has  very  little  sense  of  power  and  if  it  should  be  destroyed,  it  will  be 
owing  to  this  deficiency." 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  907 

mission  is  urgent  when  the  anonymous  elite  and  their  allies  are  superbly  skilled 
in  the  techniques  of  engineering  consent  to  their  faits  accompli  by  a  rationally 
calculated  use  of  irrational  methods  of  persuasion. 

It  may  be  assumed  that  all  efforts  on  the  part  of  the  Chief  Executive,  the 
Secretary  of  State  or  of  the  Congress  to  make  the  policy  echelons  of  the  State 
Department  responsive  to  the  popular  mandate  will  be  skillfully  resisted.  In  the 
case  of  the  comniittees  of  Congress  any  such  action  will  be  portrayed  as  a  violation 
of  civil  liberties  and  an  invasion  of  the  constitutional  prerogatives  of  the  President 
in  the  field  of  foreign  affairs. 

However,  the  framers  of  the  Constitution  did  not  intend  that  the  domain 
reserved  to  the  Executive  in  a  government  of  limited  powers  should  provide 
a  clandestine  rendezvous  where  the  embezzlement  of  the  people's  liberty  and 
security  could  be  accomplished  by  encroaching  control  over  its  foreign  policy. 

It  is  my  opinion  that  the  President  has  acted  wisely  and  effectively  in  the 
measures  taken  to  safeguard  the  process  of  foreign-policy  formulation  and 
implementation  in  the  State  Department.  Significant  in  this  respect  are  the 
following : 

1.  The  installation  of  a  new  security  program  based  on  the  principle  that 
Government  service  is  a  privilege  and  not  a  right,  and  vesting  in  each  depart- 
ment head  final  authority  for  the  hiring  and  firing  of  all  personnel  under  his 
jurisdiction. 

2.  The  reorganization  of  the  Department  of  State's  security  organization  and 
personnel  on  a  basis  which  will  enable  it  to  carry  out  the  President's  security 
program  with  reasonable  efficiency. 

3.  The  drastic  reorganization  of  the  Secretariat  of  the  State  Department, 
assuring  the  Secretary,  the  Under  Secretary,  and  the  Deputy  Under  Secretaries 
of  State  "fingertip"  availability  and  control  over  the  process  of  policy  formu- 
lation, coordination,  and  implementation. 

4.  Elimination  from  the  Department  of  operating  functions  connected  with 
the  information  program  and  foreign  aid. 

5.  The  designation  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Civil  Service  Commission  as  the 
President's  top  aid  and  adviser  on  matters  of  Federal  departmental  personnel. 

6.  The  removal  of  so-called  schedule  A  re  policymaking  jobs  from  civil-service 
coverage. 

These  admirable  measures,  however,  are  only  a  point  of  departure  toward 
the  correction  of  a  situation  which  has  become  desperately  aggravated  over  the 
past  7  years,  and  which  can  only  be  brought  under  control  by  the  Executive  with 
the  vigorous  support  of  the  Congress  through  the  coordinated  exercise  of  its 
power  of  investigation. 

Senator  Welker.  When  was  this  written,  Mr.  Panuch? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Two  days  ago. 

The  Chairman.  Will  yon  tell  ns  about  your  departure  from  the 
State  Department,  when  that  was  consummated. 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  was  dismissed  instantly.  I  will  give  you  the  detail 
on  it  briefly. 

In  November  1946  Mr.  Byrnes  had  decided  to  resign  on  account  of  a 
heart  condition.  He  had  been  under  tremendous  pressure  in  the 
Council  of  Foreign  Ministers,  and  it  was  at  that  time  understood  that 
he  would  resign  at  the  end  of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers'  meet- 
ing which  was  then  slated  for  Moscow  in  April  or  March  of  1947. 

Then  something  transpired  which  made  Mr.  Byrnes  resign  in 
January. 

My  superior,  Mr.  Russell,  immediately  tendered  his  resignation, 
which  was  accepted,  to  clear  the  decks  for  General  Marshall,  and  I 
tendered  my  resignation  to  Mr.  Byrnes.  I  told  him  I  wanted  to  get 
out  because  my  life  wouldn't  be  worth  a  nickel  after  the  new  team 
took  over. 

The  Chairman.  Why  do  you  say  that,  Mr.  Panuch? 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  was  a  very  unpopular  man  in  the  State  Department. 

The  Chairman.  Wliy? 


908  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

Mr.  Panuch.  Well,  on  account  of  the  issues  that  I  have  testified 
about  with  the  pro- Soviet  clique. 

So,  what  happened  was  I  talked  to  the  Secretary  and  he  said,  "Look, 
it  is  all  right  for  Don  Russell  to  resign  because  he  was  appointed 
by  the  President,  subject  to  confirmation,  but  I  have  appointed  you 
and  you  are  the  only  person  in  the  Department  that  knows  anything 
about  the  organization,  knows  anything  about  the  budget,  or  anything 
about  the  administrative  matters.  General  Marshall  is  a  very  good 
friend  of  mine  and  I  can't  accept  your  resignation  and  leave  him  here 
without  anybody  who  knows  something  about  the  enormous  problems 
that  have  occurred  in  the  last  few  months." 

Mr.  Morris.  This  is  your  conference  with  whom  ? 

Mr.  Panucii.  Secretary  Byrnes. 

He  said,  "Why  don't  you  submit  your  resignation  to  General  Mar- 
shall and  I  will  talk  to  him  about  you  and  let  you  know  ?" 

When  General  Marshall  came  from  Hawaii,  Secretary  Byrnes  did 
talk  to  him  and  I  was  told  that  "General  Marshall  wants  to  see  you, 
talk  to  you,  immediately,  and  he  wants  to  have  you  stay  on." 

The  next  day  I  was  told  by  a  newspaperman  that  I  was  slated  to 
get  the  full  treatment,  and  I  found  out  that  Secretary  Acheson,  who 
was  then  Under  Secretary  Acheson,  who  was  expected  to  be  Under 
Secretary  for  General  Marshall,  during  an  interim  period  until  Under 
Secretary  Lovett  could  come  over  from  the  War  Department,  would 
not  tolerate  my  being  around  the  Department. 

Senator  Welker.  ^Yho  was  this?  Dean  Acheson  would  not  tol- 
erate your  being  around  the  Department  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  If  he  were  Under  Secretary  under  General  Marshall ; 
yes. 

So  I  made  the  necessary  preparations,  and  I  stayed  around  to  be 
called  by  General  Marshall,  and  one  of  my  people  was  taking  care  of 
his  engagement  desk,  and  the  engagement  was  constantly  being  put 
off,  and  so  on  January  23,  at  5 :  30  that  night,  Under  Secretary  Ache- 
son called  me  into  his  office,  and  we  had  a  conversation,  and  he  said, 
"Joe,  you  and  I  haven't  gotten  along  very  well,"  and  he  said,  "Now 
General  Marshall  has  asked  me  to  take  over  here  as  Under  Secretary 
until  Mr.  Lovett  comes  over  and  I  told  him  that  I  would  do  so  only 
on  condition  that  I  would  have  complete  charge  of  the  administra- 
tion of  the  Department,  and,  as  you  and  I  don't  see  eye  to  eye  on 
various  matters,  I  would  like  your  resignation." 

So  I  told  him  I  had  already  tendered  my  resignation  to  Secretary 
Marshall,  and  he  said,  "Really  ?" 

And  I  said  "Yes." 

He  said,  "Where  is  it?" 

I  said,  "I  will  go  into  General  Marshall's  room  and  take  it  off  his 
desk,"  which  I  did. 

It  was  one  of  the  simple  ones :  "I  resign  at  your  pleasure,  Acting 
Secretary  for  Administration." 

I  gave  that  to  Mr.  Acheson  and  he  seemed  surprised,  and  he  put 
it  in  his  drawer  and  produced  a  letter  accepting  my  resignation,  signed 
by  General  Marshall,  effective  as  of  the  close  of  business  on  that  date, 
which,  under  Department  rules,  was  10  minutes  later. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Panuch,  as  a  final  question,  I  would  like  to 
know  whether  or  not  your  impression  at  the  time  you  left  the  State 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  909 

Department  was  whether  or  not  this  pro-Communist  influence  which 
dominated  the  Department,  about  which  you  have  testified  here  this 
morning,  still  prevailed  ? 

Mr.  Panuch.  Sir,  I  would  say  it  is  present,  but  whether  and  where 
it  prevails  is  a  judgment  that  you  would  have  to  make,  if  you  were 
in  the  Department,  yourself. 

The  Chairman.  That  would  depend  on  the  individual's  judgment. 
I  believe  that  Secretary  Dulles  made  the  statement  that  up  until 
the  Korean  war  the  pro-Communist  interests  dominated  the 
Department. 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  would  modify  that  to  "pro-Soviet." 

The  Chairman.  We  will  not  quibble  about  words.  We  thank  you 
^  ery  much  for  appearing  before  the  committee.  You  have  given  valu- 
able information.  You  have  shown  the  connecting  link  between  the 
OSS  people  and  people  from  other  agencies,  and  the  Communist 
organization. 

We  thank  you  for  appearing. 

Mr.  Panuch.  I  think  it  was  my  obligation. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  sir. 

We  will  stand  adjourned. 

(Whereupon  at  12 :  10  p.  m.  the  committee  recessed,  subject  to  the 
call  of  the  chairman.) 

The  following  letter  was  ordered  printed  in  the  record  at  this 
point :) 

Syracuse  University,  Maxwell  Graduate  School 

OF  Citizenship  and  Public  Affairs, 

Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  July  14, 1953. 

Mr.  Robert  Morris, 

Chief  Counsel,  Internal  Security  Subcommittee, 
United  States  Senate,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dear  Mr.  Morris  :  Your  letter  of  July  2  arrived  when  I  was  out  of  town,  filling 
a  week's  engagement  at  tlie  University  of  Chicago. 

I  don't  think  I  ever  have  seen  the  statement  by  Congressman  Bradley  to 
which  you  refer,  although  I  have  been  told  of  it  before.  In  any  case,  I  do  not 
have  a  copy  of  it,  and  have  no  files  developed  in  the  course  of  my  work  for  the 
Government.    I  think,  however,  that  I  can  be  responsive  to  your  inquiry. 

Congressman  Bradley  could  have  referred  only  to  a  single  statement  I  made 
on  one  occasion,  and  only  one,  considerably  before  1946 — my  present  guess  would 
place  it  in  1935  or  1936.  In  the  course  of  many  thousands  of  verbal  interchanges 
and  the  signing  of  many  thousands  of  memoranda  and  letters  in  the  hectic  work 
of  those  days,  I  feel  fortunate  that  no  other  statement  has  lived  to  plague  me. 

As  I  recall  it,  rather  indistinctly  out  of  the  whole  body  of  business  in  which 
I  participated  so  many  years  ago,  the  statement  in  question  was  a  sentence  con- 
tained within  an  intradepartmental  memorandum  written  hastily  as  a  way  of 
treating  a  gossipy  kind  of  charge  of  Communist  affiliation  or  leaning  in  the  case 
of  an  employee  known  to  me  as  not  a  Red,  but  as  having  other  shortcomings  which 
limited  his  responsible  usefulness.  It  was  my  feeling  that  the  Red  charge  was 
unwarranted,  that  his  real  limitations  wei'e  well  understood,  and  that  he  was 
kept  within  them  so  that  he  had  no  significant  influence.  In  attempting  to 
strike  down  the  unwarranted  charge,  I  wrote  too  incisively  and  sweepingly, 
without  making  my  whole  position  clear. 

Even  so,  my  memo  was  less  idiotic  at  the  time  it  was  written  than  it  would  be 
now.  In  a  strictly  legal  sense,  it  was  true  that  a  Government  employee  then  had 
the  same  right  to  be  a  member  of  the  Communist  Party  as  he  had  to  be  a  member 
of  either  of  the  major  parties.  And  in  American  theory  generally  governing  at. 
the  time,  the  Communist  Party  was  viewed  as,  in  one  sense,  a  "conventional," 
additional,  splinter  party.  The  real  character  of  the  Communist  Party  greatly 
differentiating  it  from  our  conventional  parties  had  not  then  been  much  revealed. 
I  had  at  that  time  never  seen  a  Communist  or  a  Communist  sympathizer,  so  far 
as  I  knew. 


910  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

Nevertheless,  if  I  had  written  at  more  length  I  would  have  given  a  very  differ- 
ent impression,  for  it  was  my  belief  then,  as  it  is  now,  that  a  known  Communist 
should  not  in  fact  be  retained  in  Government  employment.  At  approximately 
the  same  time  as  I  had  written  the  memo  we  have  been  discussing,  I  had  verbally 
instructed  an  executive  to  secure  the  resignation  of  a  subordinate  employee  who 
had  admitted  Communist  membership  to  this  executive.  That  resignation  was 
submitted,  and,  of  course,  accepted.  Even  within  the  limits  of  law  and  popular 
temper  then  existing,  it  seemed  clear  to  me  that  a  Communist  would  bo  a  person 
so  little  understanding  of  the  American  people  and  American  ways,  so  jioor  in 
judgment,  as  to  make  a  poor  public  servant.  Even  a  reformed  Communist  seems 
to  me  unlikely  by  virtue  of  his  reform  to  become  suddenly  characterized  by 
commonsense.  My  memo  was  a  crude  and  hurried  effort  to  knock  down  a  libel, 
not  to  defend  a  Communist. 

After  all  these  years  I  cannot  verify  the  precise  phraseology  you  quote,  but 
the  purport  of  this  letter  is  to  say  that  I  did  on  one  occasion  use  some  such  lan- 
guage as  that  attributed  to  me,  in  the  circumstances  just  described. 

I  have  been  out  of  the  Department  where  these  things  happened  over  9  years. 
Some  of  the  persons  I  knew  then  are  still  alive,  some  still  in  Wasliington,  a 
goodly  number  of  them  in  Congress.    The  President's  brother,  Milton  Eisenhower, 
was  one  of  my  most  intimate  coworkers  in  those  days. 
Sincerely  yours, 

Paul  H.  Appleijy. 


THE    DEPARTMENT  OF   STATE    IN      T  r\  f)  {) 


r 


Patf  nu  and  Copy-Rjghti 


MR  PLEASONTON.  I906 

Milu    .u    «< 

,«„i, 

P« 

MU  /«  »uWr7  ieiu 

1,  lo.i. 

/" 

/..i.l.Jri,f««, 

5l<TU.,ti 

/,  tti^ulurt/oi  to 

•Mil.  all 

ronmm- 

lit 

M  /of  n;i/i/(a  e^n 

,  uM,, 

At 

i>u/ri//  ofi^uiih 

a.  fnofdi 

"' 

'"'"'"'*■"  '"* 

™ 

,.„,.«,  L,i.rt 

pn,i„, 

/- 

^oni  i,/<j(io„ 

^ 

R    FORREST,  I800 

fm 

L.  I„  l,,t,  ,M  .„i„  A, 

'•" 

»../'«'■«■«"«...<.'". 

f.„ 

h  tanfuaff.  whcli  httptaki 
uiii  a  ustful  qualilf 

ot<a 

Mt    1,    Cardntr,  jt, 

.„Wi.!   /W  pclM, 

MR    MADISON 


^ 


The  Chid  Clerk 

MR    WAGNER,  ta.ooo 

n»   ChteJ  Clttk    dulnbulti    iht   binintii    a 

o"g   "<* 

olitn.   and  lubrrfltndi  Hi  txnuUon.  under  Uu  d 

.ntiOH   Oj 

thi  Strrttan      Hit  actin  dului  art  dimnjud  atietdi 

g   10   tfu 

nalvit  and  pressurt  of  Ih*  gtntral  buliiMM  of  Uu  Dlpatti 

ittnT.  and 

among  Itun,  mof   bi   faTiieulariztd  hu  aiiulaiai  m 

U  ton*- 

ifio'idniie  upon  minat  iu6}nH 

J\^ 


■»gu>ia    m,l,tary  land  paltu 


Anioiie  otkrr  buiiiiisi  loo  mnoui  lo  bi  dtfailtd.  lArri  ii  a  tonndtrabU  gvanlirf  of  tepriig.  par. 
Muiarly  of  tonapendtrnt  wilh  our  mtHutrrt  and  agtnU  abroad.  frtqutnUy  uuiudutg  M/wnumu 
d^un,f,.U     Thu  u  ptr/ontud  4,  the  gendfrnen  of  iht  <tffUt.  actotdint  to  Ou  tIaU  of  llurr  «thrf 


^\ 


MR 

SMITH,  «8oo 

«, 

■*  ,11  A,  «™f... 

dm,.  f%, 

pi  ««  w.lh  It,  „„■ 

iil/TS  abr 

lad.  and  m  toHjuittlimi 

u.tt  Mr 

flrinl.  alltndl   la  ill. 

mt'<.   a'ld 
p,m,m 

lalip,  la  mfirtntd  i,a- 
la  callaHiig  ih,  tani 

MR   BRENT,  $i. 


This  chort  ii  boied  on  the  Congressionol  submitsion  by  Secretory  of 
State  James  Madison,  showing  for  1806  the  names  of  the  clerks  em- 
ployed. Iheir  duties,  and  Iheir  solones  (as  required  by  the  Act  of  April 
21.18061, 


APPENDIXES 


Appendix  No.  I 

Part  I — Organizational  History  of  the  Department  of  State 

The  future  is  but  the  lengthened  shadow  of  the  past.  A  survey  of  the  growth 
of  the  Department  of  State  from  its  beginning  in  1789  to  the  present  time  is 
therefore  pertinent.  In  evaluating  the  picture  of  development,  many  factors 
must  be  considered — the  phenomenal  growth  of  the  United  States  from  a  small 
group  of  13  independent  colonies  to  a  world  power,  the  emergence  of  world 
problems  which  dwarf  nation-to-nation  relationships,  and  lastly,  the  transforma- 
tion of  the  Department  itself  from  a  small,  closely  knit,  intimate  group  into  a 
complex  organization  with  enormously  expanded  personnel. 

Milestones  which  will  be  used  to  illustrate  the  growth  of  the  Nation  and  the 
Department  are  the  dates  1789-90,  1833,  1870,  1909,  1922,  1938,  1943,  and  1946. 
Charts  for  these  years  are  included  in  order  to  supplement  the  textual  treatment 
by  showing  the  growth  of  the  various  functions — by  units  and  personnel.  The 
terms  geographic,  economic,  information,  intelligence,  and  administration  are 
used  in  their  present  sense,  except  that  the  controls  function,  now  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration,  is  grouped  under 
miscellaneous.  The  term  miscellaneous  also  includes  certain  functions  which 
were  the  responsibility  of  the  Department  at  one  time,  but  which  have  sub- 
sequently been  dropped — such  as  Bureau  of  Domestic  Records,  Patent  Office. 
Supervisory  and  Staff  connotes  all  top  staff  and  advisory  officials  and  the  em- 
ployees in  their  immediate  offices — Legal  Adviser,  Assistant  Secretaries,  and  up. 
Since  records  were  incomplete  for  the  earlier  years,  it  was  necessary  in  some 
instances  to  make  approximate  allocations  of  personnel  to  the  various  functions. 

1789-90 — Birth  of  the  Department. — In  July  1789  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Affairs  was  established  as  the  first  executive  Department  under  the  Constitution, 
and  in  September  of  the  same  year  its  name  was  changed  to  the  Department  of 
State.  The  small  agency  of  5  persons  and  1  part-time  employee  was  charged 
with  the  responsibility  of  handling  the  foreign  activities  of  the  infant  Republic 
and  supervising  certain  domestic  activities  such  as  the  Patent  Office. 

1191-1833 — Early  growth. — While  the  wars  of  the  French  Revolution  and  of 
Napoleon  were  claiming  the  attention  of  Great  Britain,  France,  and  Spain,  the 
United  States  was  steadily  developing — solidifying  its  governmental  structure, 
expanding  westward,  and  building  up  its  strength  as  a  nation.  By  1823  the 
foundations  of  American  foreign  policy  had  been  laid  through  the  instrument  of 
the  Monroe  Doctrine  and  by  pronouncement  of  our  belief  in  freedom  of  the  seas 
and  separation  from  foreign  entanglements. 

The  Department  of  State  grew  during  these  years  without  benefit  of  organiza- 
tional pattern.  In  1833  Secretary  Louis  McLane  reorganized  the  agency  to  in- 
clude a  Chief  Clerk's  Office  and  seven  bureaus,  each  with  specific  responsibilities 
which  fall  into  the  present  day  categories  of  political,  general  administration,  for- 
eign service  administration,  and  miscellaneous.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  organiza- 
tional specialization  on  a  geographic  basis  was  initiated  at  this  time  in  the 
Diplomatic  Bureau  with  a  division  of  work  by  areas  or  regions. 

183Jf-70 — Expansion. — During  this  period  the  United  States,  aided  by  skillful 
diplomacy,  expanded  in  the  North  American  Continent.  The  Department  was 
tested  by  the  task  of  preventing  European  interference  in  the  Civil  War  in 
support  of  the  South  and  strengthened  by  its  success  in  preventing  the  establish- 
ment of  a  French  empire  in  Mexico. 

The  Department  reflected  the  expansion  of  the  Nation,  but  an  organizational 
improvement  was  abandoned  when  formal  bureau  designations  were  eliminated  in 
1855.  Although  the  organizational  units  continued  to  function  informally  on  a 
bureau  basis,  the  pattern  of  operations  was  not  clear  cut.     However,  an  improve- 

911 


912  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

ment  occurred  during  these  years  when  in  1853  and  1866,  respectively,  tlie  offices 
of  Assistant  Secretary  and  Second  Assistant  Secretary  were  created. 

In  1870  Secretary  Hamilton  Fish  formally  reorganized  the  Department,  finding 
the  designation  of  bureaus  and  the  specific  fixing  of  responsibilities  essential  to 
its  operations.  Thirteen  bureaus  were  established  to  carry  out  specific  functions 
with  4  of  them  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the  2  Assistant  Secretaries,  but  no 
functional  groupings  were  made.  The  embryonic  geographic  offices,  created  in 
1833,  were  further  developed  by  the  establishment  of  the  First  and  Second  Diplo- 
matic Bureaus  and  the  First  and  Second  Consular  Bureaus.  Identifiable  organ- 
izationally were  iK)litical,  administrative,  and  certain  miscellaneous  functions. 
In  addition,  and  in  recognition  of  the  increasing  importance  of  trade  and  trade 
relations,  there  was  established  a  Statistical  Bureau  which  may  be  considered 
the  forerunner  of  the  economic  offices. 

1871-1909— National  matunty.— By  the  end  of  the  19th  century,  the  United 
States  attained  national  maturity  and  an  important  place  in  world  affairs.  The 
Republic  had  concluded  a  war  with  Spain  and  expanded  territorially  by  the 
acquisition  of  Alaska,  Midway.  Hawaii,  Puerto  Rico,  the  Philippines,  Guam,  and 
Wake.  Under  the  "big  stick"  policy  of  Theodore  Roosevelt,  this  expansion  was 
continued  with  intervention  in  the  Caribbean  by  landing  marines  in  Cuba,  Haiti, 
and  Nicaragua,  and  with  the  building  of  the  Panama  Canal. 

In  the  years  >prior  to  World  War  I.  industrialization  of  the  American  economy 
progressed  rapidly,  reaching  a  point  where  manufactured  articles  comprised 
approximately  one-half  of  the  total  exix)rts.  In  the  Far  East,  trade  with  Japan 
increased ;  and,  with  Great  Britain,  the  United  States  insisted  on  the  open-door 
policy  in  China  in  order  to  foster  eqiiality  of  commercial  opportunity.  Out  of 
this  came  reciprocity  treaties,  new  colonial  markets,  and  increased  trade  generally. 

In  spite  of  expansion  in  the  Pacific  and  on  the  continent  and  the  larger  com- 
mercial horizon,  isolation  from  Europe  and  European  power  politics  remained 
our  basic  policy. 

The  increased  prestige  and  ix)wer  of  the  Nation  was  reflected  in  the  workings 
and  organization  of  the  Department.  A  survey  of  the  1909  picture,  after  the 
reorganization  under  Secretary  Philander  Knox,  shows  the  pattern  of  the  agency 
in  the  period  preceding  the  First  World  War.     Certain  factors  are  noteworthy  : 

1.  Five  new  divisions  were  added,  four  of  which  were  organized  on  a  geographic 
basis. 

2.  Specific  duties  were  assigned  to  the  Third  Assistant  Secretary  (office  estab- 
lished in  1875). 

3.  Additional  executive  positions,  including  the  Counselor,  were  added  in 
recognition  of  the  need  for  more  staff  and  operational  elements. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 


913 


;—     O*      ^      ■^      u-»      CO      f- 


n 


.9-:e  5-s 


c        He 
■B       <°  £ 

■go         "T30     C 
^^  g^     I- 

"-°  =r°|l| 

o—     O   o~     8.°* 

w.—  S  0~  000 
°.£    -2    D.£      3    3    D 

•  _  H  o  -  dot; 
0£  u<a~^  cam  A 
00     0.2     ^^S 


iii 

^  <:  S 
E  »  S 
•Sot 

o  UJ  < 
w  o  .S 
i2z-5 


lie     ^ 
i2;o.o  q:£ 

«    _    t    CTJ 


•"  CM  CO  ■«  >o  -o  N 


8 

7.  «  ?3 


S     S 


» 


£0  o'^-2-2  5  • 

«s  .9  *•£  Q  S  .2^ 
-  i!  5-^t:<  S  o 
g  8.8  o  g-o<  5 

•:;  S  o  tc  5  8  .t  S 

<  < . .  o  O;  <  <  y 


914  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

4.  The  need  was  realized  for  special  divisions  to  handle  intelligence  activities 
(Division  of  Information),  and  international  commercial  affairs  (Bureau  of 
Trade  Relations). 

5.  An  inordinately  large  number  of  organizational  units  reported  to  the 
highest  echelon  with  no  grouping  of  like  functions  or  duties. 

6.  An  ill-detined  difference  existed  with  respect  to  the  organizational  status 
of  bureaus,  divisions,  and  offices. 

1910-22 — World  power. — When  World  War  I  enveloped  Europe  in  1914,  this 
Nation  was  overwhelmingly  in  favor  of  neutrality.  Despite  great  efforts  to 
maintain  this  position,  our  national  security  was  endangered,  and  the  United 
States  entered  the  war  in  1917.  With  the  Allied  victory  in  1918.  the  United 
States  emerged  as  a  great  and  influential  world  power.  President  Wilson's 
League  of  Nations  plan  was  hailed  by  many  as  a  panacea  for  all  the  ills  of 
international  relations.  However,  American  enthusiasm  waned,  and  opposition 
to  any  type  of  alliance  grew  during  the  period  of  conferences,  debates,  and 
bargaining  over  the  Treaty  of  Versailles  and  tlie  League  of  Nations.  Pacifism 
and  isolationism  reemerged  as  the  accepted  tradition. 

In  analyzing  the  organizational  pattern  of  the  Department  in  1922,  one  sees 
the  effect  Of  the  First  World  War  during  which  the  Nation  developed  into  a 
power  in  world  affairs.  Functions  were  expanded,  organizational  units  added, 
and  perscmnel  increased.    More  specifically,  the  following  factors  are  of  interest: 

1.  More  complete  specialization  of  political  work  on  a  geographic  basis  (ad- 
dition of  two  more  political  divisions)  was  effected,  and  the  preferred  organiza- 
tional status  was  given  to  the  divisions  engaged  in  this  work. 

2.  The  information,  intelligence,  and  economic  functions  increased  in  im- 
portance. 

3.  The  position  of  Under  Secretary  was  created ;  this  official  took  over  many 
of  the  duties  of  the  former  position  of  Counselor  which  had  been  established  in 
1909. 

4.  Responsibility  for  supervision  of  organizational  units  was  assigned  to  each 
of  the  Assistant  Secretaries — a  return  of  the  plan  instituted  in  1870  but  aban- 
doned in  187H  since  which  time  the  trend  had  gradually  swung  back  to  the 
1870  concept. 

5.  An  attempt  was  made  to  group  supervision  by  functions. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 


915 


-S  2  §.0  g^ 
j^  =«<<  =  g 

^  •».  .5i  ».  u-  '"  U 

-2  °  o  °  °  S  — 

•^  o  o  o  o  2  o 
«  g-2  o  0  g  u 

^.  3  .5-  5  a  o  5 
■^  w^  "O  rx  00  o*  o 


ill 

o  c  g  o 
k^  <*-  **-  *.s"o  I 

o  o  o  o^ 
c  c  c  E  " 
o  .9  0  S-S 


,90 


O—  MfO 


■5*  :: 
Sit  <  o 

^  5  I  c  »  £  8 

"i  «  9-  o.t  gig 

o  >"  c  5  c  „  u 
■-  m  ■£  c  "  E  " 

liijiif 

c  c  c  c  c*o  o 
.9  .9  .9  .9  .9  n'S 

>:>:>!:>¥  i 

OQoaaOu 


C><  r>  ■>»  lo  •©  K  00 


o-D  <  O  P        E 

<  w  t-  5  J5    o 


916  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

1923-38 — Prelude  to  World  War  II. — The  national  sentiment  in  support  of 
pacifism  and  isolation  returned.  Attempts  were  made  to  eliminate  war  in  the 
Kellosg-Briand  pact,  the  Washington  and  London  Naval  Disarmament  Confer- 
ences, and  the  Neutrality  Acts  of  1935  and  1937.  The  "good  neishl:)or"  program 
and  the  Pan-American  system  were  sponsored  by  the  United  States  in  order  to 
present  a  stronger  American  front  against  external  aggression ;  further,  the 
inter-American  treaty  of  nonintervention  guaranteed  that  the  United  States 
would  forego  further  "big  stick"  practices  in  this  continent.  In  addition,  the 
Nation  gave  up  its  Caribbean  protectorates  and  passed  the  Philippine  Inde- 
pendence Act. 

From  an  economic  standpoint  the  period  was  unstable.  World  War  I  had 
changed  the  role  of  the  United  States  from  a  debtor  to  a  creditor  nation ;  over 
half  the  nations  of  the  world  owed  this  country  large  sums  of  money.  Yet 
high  protectionist  tariffs  throttled  trade  to  such  an  extent  that  there  were  no 
means  by  which  debtor  nations  could  make  a  satisfactory  economic  recovery 
or  by  which  creditor  countries  could  increase  their  economic  activities  and 
offset  their  "bad  debt"  ledger.  The  situation  grew  steadily  worse,  and  by 
1930  nation  after  nation  had  defaulted  in  payment  of  its  debts ;  depression 
deepened,  banks  failed,  and  a  worldwide  economic  crisis  occurred.  Reciprocity 
agreements  again  became  the  objective  of  United  States  trade  negotiations — ■ 
this  time  for  the  purpose  of  world  economic  appeasement  as  well  as  for  our 
own  trade  improvement. 

From  1922  to  1988  international  relationships  disintegrated  alarmingly.  Ger- 
many, Italy,  and  Japan  committed  acts  of  aggression  and  violence,  despite 
protests  of  the  League  of  Nations  and  the  United  States.  Spain  was  in  the 
throes  of  fascism.  Communist  Russia  was  an  enigma  to  the  democracies.  This 
troubled  international  situation  was  intensified  further  by  worldwide  economic 
warfare. 

P>y  1938  the  State  Department  knew  that  war  was  likely  but  made  no  organ- 
izational adjustments  to  meet  this  threatening  contingency.  The  most  notable 
characteristics  of  this  period  are : 

1.  No  progress  had  been  made  in  the  functional  grouping  of  divisions  and 
offices  under  the  Assistant  Secretaries  and  the  Under  Secretary,  indicating  that 
no  advance  planning  was  effected  regarding  the  addition  of  new  functions  (for 
example,  see  the  Office  of  Philippine  Affairs,  established  1936). 

2.  The  Division  of  Cultural  Relations  was  established  in  1938  in  recognition 
of  cultural  relations  as  a  factor  in  international  affairs. 

3.  Trade  agreement  negotiations  increased  the  importance  and  size  of  the 
economic  divisions. 

4.  Despite  a  period  of  great  change  and  evil  forebodings,  there  was  little 
organizational  adaptation  between  1922  and  1938  to  meet  the  changing  environ- 
ment and  the  new  problems. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 


917 


«  8 
°1      ^ 

o)ti      .2 

"S:i     8 

«n  E  „E 

•D-D  ■£    5 

S<  |e 

—  "D    8    E 

o  c   8  o 

2S  °° 

Ou  55 


o  o. 
c  c 


O    ®   j^ 

£  £  2 
^X  S 

3    C    C  St 

^  «  £    o 
m  o  o 
"  u.  u_ 

Ox.  «. 

1 .5  o  o 
»  n  c  c 
i—  O  O 

i  c.a.a 
•  o  >  > 

h:5o 


£      £ 

y^ *^ 

=  8  = 


iSSE^    SRRo    a 


**•      **-       q;  c  »*- 


g  1  Jill 

O  Q   O    ik  —   ^  —    O 
S;2.>    £  "oTl   O-l; 

o.>oh:  -^uj^ai 
2t2£     8    Si 


-DO; 
O    o 


"o  £  . 


5o 


■5  <;  o  g  u 

°  ©  E  00 

■"■DO  C    C 

0  2:1  8  £ 

^^-  ^  o 

'o'o  o  „'o'^ 

c  c  •-  ±  c  o 

.9  .9  S  °  .9  3 


o-a 


c      .a 

lgi-2-§ 

t    O    (1)    3    D 


-  I  u  u  o2 
o  ='o'o'o 
c  E  c  c  c 


IV  CO  o<      S^^      «2  2  >o 


u   m   u  ~  Q.  / 

il5:S  is.' 

5  u  o  .i!  "  ">  .: 

«S^ii<  0<£ 


II' 
2.0- 


-=  S  S^  5 


e^n-vn-o 


918  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

1939-43 — World  War  II. — The  totalitarian  nations  continued  tiieir  aggression 
despite  negotiations  witli  peace-seelving  nations  tlie  world  over.  The  United 
States  consistently  proclaimed  her  neutrality  and  tried  to  bring  about  peace. 
This  failed,  and  in  December  1941  Japan  and  Germany  declared  war  on  the 
United  States. 

During  World  War  II,  the  Department  was  called  upon  to  assume  major  tasks 
such  as  assuring  friendly  and  cooperative  relations  with  our  allies,  weakening 
the  enemy's  position  in  v/orld  affairs,  and  coordinating  and  guiding  the  foreign 
activities  of  other  Federal  agencies.  The  Department  was  criticized  as  lacking 
a  liasic  pattern  of  organization  to  assume  effectively  these  enormous  respon- 
sibilities. A  study  of  the  Department  in  1943,  in  the  midst  of  war,  brings  forth 
the  following  comments : 

1.  Growth  and  changes  in  economic  functions  of  the  Department  from  1940 
to  1943  were  substantial.  Emphasis  on  a  functional  economic  organization  in 
the  Department  reflected  the  growing  importance  of  economic  consideration  in 
international  affairs. 

2.  The  establishment  of  top  planning  and  coordinating  committees  indicated 
(a)  that  the  Department  realized  that  such  endeavors  are  a  necessary  prelude  to 
implementation  of  policy,  and  (b)  that  increased  wartime  responsibilities  were 
thrust  upon  the  inadequate  prewar  framework. 

3.  The  consolidation  of  the  6  political  or  geographic  divisions  into  4  in  1937 
and  the  addition  of  4  political  advisers  to  guide  them,  represented  the  first  change 
in  the  political  divisions  since  1922,  except  the  small  Office  of  Philippine  Affairs 
and  the  Caribbean  Office,  which  had  been  added  in  1936  and  1941  respectively. 

4.  Functions  were  grouped  indiscriminately  and  incoherently  under  the  Assist- 
ant Secretaries,  with  responsibility  for  like  functions  divided  ;  also  some  divisions 
were  accountable  to  several  oflScials. 

5.  An  excessive  number  of  diverse  organizational  units  reported  directly  to 
the  highest  operating  echelon,  the  Assistant  Secretaries.  A  large  number  of 
divisions  reported  to  the  Under  Secretary  who  ostensibly  was  a  policymaking 
rather  than  an  operating  oflScial. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION   IN    GOVERNMENT 


919 


S.9. 


920  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

19^6 — Reconversion  and  transition. — 1946  finds  the  world  groping  to  solve  the 
problems  of  reconversion  from  World  War  II  to  peace  on  an  international  basis. 
The  hoped-for  evolution  of  world  affairs  from  diplomatic  interplay  between  great 
powers  to  a  universal  concern  of  all  individuals  for  international  cooperation 
requires  a  revolution  in  organization  and  procedures  in  foreign  affairs.  The 
United  Nations  is  looked  to  for  guidance  in  preventing  another  war,  which,  with 
the  advent  of  the  atomic  bomb  and  other  weapons,  threatens  to  destroy  civiliza- 
tion. 

The  Department  of  State  represents  the  United  States  in  this  complex  new 
world.  Hence,  each  phase  of  its  resitonsibility  is  thrown  into  sharp  focus  as  it 
attempts  to  digest  a  multitude  of  new  functions  and  employees  which  were 
incorporated  at  the  close  of  the  World  War  II.  The  1946  chart  reflects  the 
influence  of  the  two  1944  reorganizations  (which  obviated  many  of  the  organiza- 
tional ills  of  the  1943  pattern).  It  also  reflects  the  assumption  of  the  functions 
and  personnel  of  the  OflQce  of  War  Information,  Foreign  Economic  Administra- 
tion, Army-Navy  Liquidation  Commission,  Office  of  Inter-American  Affairs,  and 
certain  intelligence  functions  of  the  Office  of  Strategic  Services,  which  were 
appended  to  the  Department  in  1945  at  the  close  of  the  war.  Important  aspects 
of  the  current  organization  are : 

1.  Similar  functions  have  been  partially  consolidated  and  grouped  under  divi- 
sions, ofl3ces,  and  Assistant  Secretaries. 

2.  Offices  have  been  established  in  order  to  reduce  the  number  of  staff  members 
reporting  to  top-ranking  officials  and  to  fix  the  organizational  status  of  Assist- 
ant Secretaries,  offices,  and  divisions.  However,  the  great  number  of  offices  tends 
to  defeat  the  purixjse  of  the  office  structure. 

3.  The  geographic  or  political  offices  have  been  established  as  the  pivotal  points 
of  coordination,  although  the  functional  offices  are  the  pivots  in  certain  areas  of 
action. 

4.  The  need  for  increasing  public  and  congressional  understanding  has  been 
recognized. 

5.  The  Secretary's  staff  and  coordinating  committees  have  been  established  on 
a  top  planning  level  with  departmentwide  representation  in  an  effort  to  correlate 
and  harmonize  postwar  planning  with  top  policy. 

6.  The  Division  of  Management  Planning  has  been  created  in  order  to  resolve 
administrative  and  organizational  problems  and  plan  for  effective  growth. 

7.  Specialized  divisions  have  been  added  to  cope  with  the  problems  of  the 
Foreign  Service. 

8.  Certain  specific  growth  factors  are  important — the  addition  of  a  special 
"arm"  for  intelligence,  the  increase  in  informational  and  cultural  activities,  and 
the  increase  in  the  number  of  the  economic  divisions. 

9.  The  greatest  organizational  growth  in  the  history  of  the  Department  oc- 
curred between  1943  and  1946.  From  49  operating  organizational  units  in  the 
war  year  1943,  the  Department  has  mushroomed  to  18  offices  and  more  than 
80  divisions  in  1946.  Personnel  similarly  increased  from  2,755  in  1943  to  9,602 
positions  in  January  1946,  which  included  1,979  positions  scheduled  for  liquida- 
tion. 

10.  Although  the  large  number  of  divisions  emphasizes  the  variety  of  functions 
and  responsibilities  of  the  Department,  a  study  of  the  current  chart  suggests  that 
there  is  too  fine  a  division  of  responsibility  and  therefore  too  much  diffusion  and 
too  little  centralization. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 


921 


o 


922 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 


Co,  4)     Q. 

g,_.y  ct  o;;  £oO>„  o 

l;5       ■I.S  Jl  ?!     ElllH        lo    ^ 

lligllll       •Ilss>|ll|>i:s.il   :Efs|B 

■°S-Sq.5~c-       c      .g'-Ci-^CTi5>o>p.g'cng)g-Dca.E5g'2£ 

>  0),^  — _  — —  »—  c  5  °  —  ~  o—   .,  —  v^  — —  »  Q.— —  —  o  — ^»  — 
?Q;ccccccc'^"C.>c*rt c—  ccccccQccc  —  cccc 

»  S  >  E  '  i  *  E  E  8  S  °  *  —  S  *  S  E  E  *  *  *  E  S  ^  E  *  %  t  >  E  * 
:  — bbQb5bb^a.>Q     <^5^  b  b  o  b  5  bc^  5  b  5  <j  b  S  b  5 
O  O  O  O 


O  m 


¥    - 


O 


5o<^2ii;3  =  s8S>y    ^Colcsi^sssouyst^osijSGooQoo 


)Q:<fflSQ:,  uO'<-'! 


)<-»>-  55  to  u.  2  < 


r^  CO  o  o  --  < 


E  a. 
ao 
-2  a: 


:(t  < 


a.  ,-; 


C     3 
c  ._ 

1^ 


< 


3    C    O 


^  ° 

4J     O  s4_ 

o  E  o 

"0*0  VJ 


j;  _  c  2  "O 


00^ 
c  c  -b  • 
000* 


00 


i  E  o  o 
;  5  =  - 
•  o  ;;  tt:  ■ 
;  i  •;  <  • 
:  ao       i 


I  o  o 
:  tij  c 
I  «„    o 


o 


o  o  o  c  -^  •;  ; 


2|: 


:   o   o 

c  ^  ' 
'  o  — 
;  '^  o 
">  J  , 
I  b~ 
O 


•=T)  O  g 

2  ■=  ■£      c 

-Q  c  3  o  g> 

D  o  cr'i^  = 


I  —  _*    00    o  .9    O  :=  ' 


g  g 
"o  o 


£  £  i  bb  <  < 


o  ,g>  o 


<m>- u.  O  u.  ui -1      !=  =  a.  ^ 


■  >^  «  Q-   c   c  - 

,  o  o  o'^'^  ° :5  =  :^ 

ta>"i»a)>>a>>«>> 
O         O 


!o=^05e£!il^<<<<<0a:o:03aeo 


r  *n  -o  r^  CO  o-  o  <—  ( 


o 
< 

to 

CO 

o 
o 


<     « 


2  o-  o 
00:5 

o.a  E 


5  1=^5  5 


O       c 


oSoooSooS 
J  a>  «;  ir,  "tr,  *r  1r%  m  "^ 


C  tg  c   c   c 
®   O :-   O   o   o 

I>   &  0  S   S  S 


b    O 


C  u-    c    C 
£t5  S  £ 


S  °  S  S 
<      << 


<  -^  <  ■; 

J)  g  30 

2  S  >^ 
Jr  a. 
t-  i/i 


•gy  o  CO  CO  (J  Q 

<  55  u  <  <  <  < 


<  <  -J  w 


<  »  e 

**  =  i  ■?  2  • 

o  "^  o  <r  tt . 
041:9 J:  t;- 

2  c  c  c  u- 

--  .9  g  g  —  . 


£       o 
o      .- 

<      — 


:(t:    St 


gSS.S-S<  £ 

S  a  o  o  °-  -  - 
o  0  2  5  03  o 


41    O    o 

:  9-c::^ 

>  —  o  .^ 

)i    Q.CD  I 


c  E 


OIC 

c< 

S-o  ° 


1^1=^ 


o  o 
c  c 
o  o 


o  0*0  o  o  £"0*0* 
ccccc*tcc 

00000--00 


o  O  O  Q. 
c  c  c  »/) 
000  — 


go  I 

<-o  I 

*-    C  KJ 

■■?g§ 

■    4)    t   — 

'  S-i!  5 

;q£  a- 


S.     X 


g  >  >  > 


00  o" 


ooo^  o 
o 


00^ 
0 


i'".<<2=-='y' 


zzS<u:o^v>o. 


1  ^  IV  CO  o  ■ 


)Z><2U<oZa;aft 


l■v»noIvooc^o^( 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION   IN    GOVERNMENT  923 

Summary. — As  a  prolog  to  the  consideration  of  current  operations  and  prob- 
lems, the  following  may  be  useful : 

1.  Changes,  reorganizations,  and  developments  in  the  Department  of  State 
have  been  related  to  national  trends,  world  events,  and  the  changing  character 
of  international  relationships.    Adaptation  to  changed  conditions  has  been  slow. 

2.  Until  the  early  1930's  the  Department  was  relatively  small,  yet  suflBciently 
large  to  administer  an  isolationist  foreign  policy. 

3.  Until  the  early  1930's  the  Department  found  it  possible  to  function  as  a 
small,  intimate  group  with  the  close  personal  ties  in  the  geographic-political 
divisions  serving  as  the  major  coordinating  influence. 

4.  Dominating  the  Department  and  influencing  its  methods  and  organization 
are  the  traditions  and  outlook  peculiar  to  the  oldest  executive  department  of 
the  Government  and  its  Foreign  Service  career  personnel. 

5.  The  political  and  administrative  (or  service)  branches  are  the  oldest  in 
the  Department  and  both  have  been  conservative  in  their  growth.  However, 
the  administrative  or  service  units  have  become  much  larger  in  size  than  the 
political  divisions  which  have  remained  small,  largely  because  of  the  desire 
of  their  oflScers  to  work  informally  in  smaU  groups. 

6.  The  economic,  intelligence,  and  informational  activities  show  a  greater 
growth  in  recent  years  than  the  older  branches  and  now  threaten,  by  weight 
of  sheer  nimibers,  to  submerge  or  subordinate  the  geographic  political  divisions. 

7.  The  greatest  percentage  of  growth  is  found  in  the  period  between  1938  and 
1946.  This  reflects  the  abnormal  increases  of  functions  and  duties  during  World 
War  II  and  the  addition  of  many  postwar  functions. 

S.  In  1944,  two  major  reorganizations  altered  materially  the  old  structure 
and  established  the  present  framework.  The  circumstances  attending  these  re- 
organizations were  such  that  attempts  to  clarify  organizational  status  and  fix 
responsibility  have  been  unsatisfactory  both  from  the  standpoint  of  the  rela- 
tionship of  relative  jurisdiction  and  primacy  between  the  various  area  and 
functional  groups. 

9.  The  Department's  growth  has  not  been  directed  according  to  a  carefully 
predetermined  pattern.  Various  branches  have  assumed  responsibility  only  as 
it  has  been  thrust  upon  them  by  national  and  world  events.  Organizational 
difficulties  have  then  been  worked  out  in  great  haste,  under  pressure,  and  by 
trial  and  error.  New  divisions  and  units  have  been  added  in  a  similar  fashion. 
Complicating  factors  are : 

(a)  The  very  rapid  expansion  in  both  personnel  and  number  of  units 
during  World  War  II. 

(6)  The  additional  organizations  and  functions  transferred  to  the  De- 
partment of  State  after  World  War  II. 

(c)  The  difficulty  of  gearing  together  and  relating  (1)  organizational 
entities  established  on  a  geographic  basis  and  those  organized  for  specific 
functions,  and  (2)  the  dealings  of  the  United  States  with  individual  nations 
and  the  relationships  of  United  States  with  the  United  Nations,  regional 
associations,  and  occupied  acreas. 

{d)  The  unresolved  conflict  between  specialization  and  the  desire  of  old 
established  units  to  be  self-sufficient  and  thus  to  develop  decentralized  aux- 
iliary services  such  as  intelligence,  information,  economics,  cultural,  and 
administrative  activities. 


924 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 


\ 


o 


—    a 


o 

CO 


c  a 


gj      I      I      I      I      I      I      I      I      I      I 


3 
m 

I— 

O 


O 

O 


o  u      z 
S  s      Q 

8o      " 

°      I 

< 


IS.  .  :  ^  J 


s  c 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 


925 


926  INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT 

Appendix  II 

Report  of  the  Organization  of  the  Department  of  State,  January-June  1946 

(Pp.  38-39) 

Special  Political  Affai7-s  {SPA). — The  Office  of  Special  Political  Affairs  was 
established  in  recognition  of  the  special  importance  of  having  a  central  office  for 
the  support  of  our  participation  in  United  Nations  and  certain  othef  related 
International  organizations. 

Although  older  than  .some  of  the  offices  such  as  intelligence  and  information, 
SPA  is  still  new  in  the  sense  that  there  are  no  agreed  concepts  governing  its 
current  functions.  When  first  established,  the  Office  of  Special  Political  Affairs 
was  to  act  for  the  Department  in  developing  principles  of  organization  and  pro- 
cedure for  U.  N.  and  other  international  groups.  These  activities  naturally 
called  for  coordination  of  the  Department's  policies  "across  the  board" — geo- 
graphic and  functional — insofar  as  they  related  to  such  principles. 

Now  that  organization  and  procedures  for  the  United  Nations  have  been  estab- 
lished, the  question  arises  as  to  the  appropriate  future  function  of  SPA  in  the 
Department.  Administrative  matters  in  connection  with  international  confer- 
ences are  the  responsibility  of  the  International  Conferences  Division,  under  the 
Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration.  Does  this  mean  that  SPA  has  no  legiti- 
mate functions  in  that  field?  Policy  matters  involving  the  Department's  substan- 
tive work  are  handled  liy  the  U.  X.  delegation  which  often  deals  directly  with 
the  substantive  offices.  Where  does  SPA  enter  into  this  relationship?  At  this 
stage  of  SPA's  organizational  existence,  its  future  functions  must  be  determined. 
Opinions  vary  throughout  the  Department  as  to  what  responsildlities  it  could 
most  u.sefully  assume.  In  view  of  the  increasing  importance  of  international 
cooperation,  there  will  be  an  increasingly  greater  need  for  specialists  in  this 
area.  One  phase  of  such  siiecialization  is  to  furnish  expert  advice  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  the  Government  as  a  whole  on  the  various  procedures  used  in  interna- 
tional organization.  Another  might  be  the  continued  coordination  of  general 
policy  to  insure  that  organization  procedures  facilitate  the  fullest  possible 
execution  of  this  policy.  However,  in  some  sections  of  the  Department  it  is 
believed  that  SPA  should  be  given  a  broader  charter  of  authority.  For  example, 
there  exists  the  opinion  that  SPA  should  be  the  focal  point  of  ct)ordination  for 
the  Department  and  the  U.  N.  delegation  for  substantive  and  administrative 
matters — that  all  matters  in  connection  with  international  cooperation  should 
have  an  organizational  "home  base."  The  view  lias  also  been  advanced  that  SPA 
should  follow  through  as  the  coordinator  of  interdepartmental  participation  in. 
international  organizations  and  the  leader  among  other  Federal  representations, 
thereby  insuring  protection  of  all  phases  of  United  States  policy. 

It  is  evident  that  the  issues  involved  in  SPA's  future  functions  are  related  to  , 
the  Department's  operations.     For  this  reason,  careful,  analytical  consideration 
should  be  given  to  its  scope  of  operations. 

Unclear  jurisdiction. — Collective  harmony  is  conspicuously  absent  in  the  De- 
partment's current  operations.  Intradivisional  and  intrafuuctional  confusion 
exists  because  no  clear-cut  objectives,  function,  or  areas  of  jurisdiction  have 
been  established.  Although  current  orders  and  regulations  attempt  to  provide 
a  charter  for  this  purpose,  they  either  are  not  followed  or  do  not  present  a  work- 
able and  realistic  arrangement.  For  instance,  the  relationship  lietween  the  geo- 
graphic offices  and  other  organizational  units  is  hazily  defined  in  the  official 
orders  (departmental  order  1301,  December  1044)  : 

"The  geographic  offices  shall  be  responsible  for  the  formulation  of  overall 
United  States  policy  toward  the  countries  within  their  jurisdiction  and  for 
coordination,  as  to  these  countries,  of  the  programs  and  activities  of  other  offices 
and  divisions  of  the  Department,  and  of  other  Federal  agencies,  with  overall 
United  States  foreign  policy." 

This  statement  does  not  in  any  way  suggest  tliat  in  certain  functional  fields 
the  authority  of  the  geograpliic  offices  is  limited.  On  the  other  hand,  the  lan- 
guage used  in  defining  the  roles  of  certain  functional  offices,  e.  g. — 

"Tlie  Office  of  Special  Political  Affairs  shall  have  responsibility,  under  the 
general  direction  of  the  special  assistant  to  the  Secretary  in  charge  of  inter- 
national organization  and  security  affairs,  for  the  formulation  and  coordination 
of  jwlicy  and  action  relating  to  such  affairs,  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
maintenance  of  international  peace  and  security  through  organized  action. 


INTERLOCKING    SUBVERSION    IN    GOVERNMENT  927 

"The  OflBce  of  Controls  shall  have  responsibility,  under  the  general  direction 
of  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration,  for  formulating  and  coordinating 
policy  and  action  in  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  control  activities  of  the 
Department  of  "State." 

Similar  all-inclusive  language  has  been  used  in  defining  the  responsibility 
and  jurisdiction  of  the  .economic  offices  and  the  information  offices. 

In  the  actual  operations  of  the  Department  this  confusion  is  strikingly  and 
objectively  reflected  in  the  analysis  of  the  outgoing  communications  for  a  48-hour 
period,  which  shows  hew  diffused  is  the  responsibility  for  handling  the  Depart- 
ment's business  (see  accompanying  chart).  Matters  relating  to  the  protection 
(if  United  States  business  interests  abroad,  to  the  assistance  of  United  States 
citizens  abroad,  and  to  departmental  and  foreign  service  administration,  were 
handled  in  almost  all  of  the  offices  of  the  Department.  Answers  to  routine 
letters  from  the  public  requesting  information  about  established  policy  and  other 
matters,  which  could  easily  have  been  handled  by  the  information  offices,  were 
dealt  with  by  many  geographic  and  economic  offices  and,  in  many  cases,  by  the 
Office  of  Controls. 

Coordination. — Because  of  the  compartmentalization  between  the  offices  of  the 
Department,  a  number  of  devices  and  procedures  have  grown  up,  the  purpose  of 
which  is  to  facilitate  unified  policy  development  and  action  in  the  numerous 
offices  and  divisions.  In  addition  to  a  great  deal  of  informal  consultation  by 
the  officers  at  all  levels,  the  three  main  devices  are  the  circulation  of  information 
copies  and  summaries,  the  clearance  system,  and  the  committee  system. 

Circulation,  of  information. — Free  and  easy  access  to  information  on  policy 
developments  and  other  intelligence  is  essential  to  the  smooth  and  coordinated 
functioning  of  the  Department.  It  is  necessary  that  this  information  be  dis- 
tributed horizontally  as  well  as  vertically. 

Although  a  great  deal  of  information  passes  through  the  regular  administrative 
channels,  one  of  the  major  complaints  of  the  lower  echelons,  as  well  as  in  certain 
functional  offices,  has  been  that  information  is  not  readily  available.  However, 
great  improvement  has  been  made  in  this  ari-angment  during  the  last  few  years, 
and  even  though  there  is  still  a  tendency  to  limit  access  to  important  policy 
information,  or  highly  special  reports  from  the  field,  to  a  few  individuals  at  the 
top,  the  situation  is  far  better  than  ever  before. 

On  the  other  hand,  with  respect  to  less  highly  classified  information,  there 
is  danger  that  too  much  information  is  being  circulated  at  the  present  time,  or 
rather  that  there  is  too  much  duplication  in  its  circulation.  This  practice  tends 
to  make  the  work  of  every  desk  officer  too  much  of  a  paper-shuffling  operation 
as  he  is  kept  busy  hastily  moving  routine  information  material  from  his  incoming 
to  his  outgoing  basket. 

X 


BOSTON  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


3  9999  05445  3954 


jfiiilifl 

3  9999  05445  39b^ 


•iiH:;*|ii:y:iiiii||iiil|iii^